METROCORP BANCSHARES INC
424B1, 1998-12-16
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: JONES/OWENS RADIO PROGRAMMING LLC, 10-Q, 1998-12-16
Next: INFOSPACE COM INC, 424B4, 1998-12-16



<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
 
                                1,350,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
   
    All 1,350,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Common Stock") offered hereby
(the "Offering") are being sold by MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company").
Prior to the Offering, there has been no established public market for the
Common Stock. The initial public offering price has been determined by
negotiations between the Company and Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated (the
"Underwriter"). See "Underwriting." The shares of Common Stock have been
approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market
("Nasdaq/National Market") under the symbol MCBI.
    
 
    THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT
ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE
BANK INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
                              -------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
             COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                      CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO
                                               PRICE TO PUBLIC          DISCOUNT(1)            COMPANY(2)
<S>                                         <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Per Share.................................         $11.00                  $0.77                 $10.23
Total(3)..................................       $14,850,000            $1,039,500             $13,810,500
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting offering expenses payable by the Company, estimated at
    $450,000.
 
   
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up to
    202,500 additional shares of Common Stock, on the same terms and conditions
    as set forth above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option
    is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and
    Proceeds to Company will be approximately $17,077,500, $1,195,425 and
    $15,882,075 respectively. See "Underwriting."
    
                              -------------------
 
   
    The shares of Common Stock to be distributed to the public are offered by
the Underwriter, subject to prior sale, when, as and if received and accepted by
the Underwriter, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the
Underwriter and certain other conditions. The Underwriter reserves the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.
It is expected that delivery of the certificates for the shares of Common Stock
will be made against payment therefor in Houston, Texas on or about December 21,
1998.
    
 
                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                  INCORPORATED
 
   
               The date of this Prospectus is December 15, 1998.
    
<PAGE>
   
                                     [MAP]
    
 
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE
IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. THE UNDERWRITER (AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS) ALSO MAY
ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ
NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M. FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE, AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO) APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES THAT THE
UNDERWRITER'S OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS NOT EXERCISED. ALL INFORMATION HAS BEEN
ADJUSTED TO GIVE EFFECT TO THE HOLDING COMPANY FORMATION COMPLETED OCTOBER 26,
1998, PURSUANT TO WHICH 5,654,560 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WERE ISSUED IN A FOUR
FOR ONE EXCHANGE FOR ALL OF THE CAPITAL STOCK OF METROBANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION. REFERENCES TO THE "COMPANY" IN THIS PROSPECTUS INCLUDE REFERENCES
TO METROBANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION WHERE THE CONTEXT REQUIRES.
                                  THE COMPANY
    MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") is a bank holding company
headquartered in Houston, Texas. The Company derives substantially all of its
revenue and income from the operation of its wholly-owned bank subsidiary,
MetroBank, National Association (the "Bank"), a national banking association
with 11 full-service banking locations, nine of which are located in the greater
Houston metropolitan area and two of which are located in the greater Dallas
metropolitan area. The Company also has a loan production office in New Orleans,
Louisiana. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had total assets of $551.2
million, total loans of $385.0 million, total deposits of $479.6 million and
total shareholders' equity of $35.6 million. Based on total assets as of
September 30, 1998, the Company is the fourth largest independent bank holding
company headquartered in the Houston metropolitan area.
    The Bank was founded in 1987 by a group of six Asian-American business
people, five of whom are currently directors of the Company and the Bank, to
meet the needs of various ethnic communities in Houston that were not adequately
being served by local financial institutions. Each of the Company's 11 banking
offices has been strategically located in an area with large Asian or Hispanic
communities in Houston, and more recently, Dallas. The Company focuses on these
niche markets by providing personalized, culturally sensitive and innovative
products and services.
    The Company's mission is to enhance shareholder value by maximizing
profitability and being the premier multi-ethnic bank in each community that it
serves. Over its 11 year history, the Company has demonstrated a consistent
record of asset growth and profitability. For each of the last ten years, the
Company has recorded a profit, even during the period of adverse economic
conditions in Texas in the late 1980s. The Company's net income increased from
$1.0 million in fiscal 1990 to $4.2 million in fiscal 1997, and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998, the Company recorded net income of $4.1
million. Return on shareholders' equity for the nine months ended September 30,
1998 was 16.56%. Asset growth has also been strong, with total assets increasing
from $168.9 million at December 31, 1990 to $551.2 million at September 30,
1998.
    Management believes that both the Asian and Hispanic communities present
excellent opportunities for future growth. These communities together comprise
almost one-third of the total population of the greater Houston metropolitan
area and approximately one-quarter of the total population of the greater Dallas
metropolitan area. While many of the Company's competitors either fail to
recognize the cultural distinctions among various ethnic groups, or focus on
only one isolated group, management of the Company is acutely aware of and
understands the unique cultural nuances of each community that it serves.
Multi-ethnic customers require a special level of understanding from their
banker, whether it be the specific characteristics of the businesses they
operate or the native dialect in which they converse. In order to better serve
its customers, the Company recruits bilingual and multilingual employees,
publishes Company literature in four languages (English, Spanish, Vietnamese and
Chinese) and celebrates cultural holidays such as Chinese New Year and Cinco de
Mayo at its branches. In addition, the active involvement of directors and
officers in various ethnic civic organizations allows management to better
understand and respond to the needs of each community served by the Company.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    Management believes the Company has developed a reputation as the premier
provider of financial products and services to small and medium-sized businesses
and consumers located in the Asian and Hispanic communities where it operates.
The Company offers these businesses a wide variety of traditional loan products
and specializes in lending to customers who own and operate service-oriented
businesses. The Company is a Preferred Lender under the federally guaranteed
Small Business Administration ("SBA") lending program and has expertise in
originating SBA loans to minority-owned businesses. In order to better serve the
unique financing needs of its commercial customers, the Company also offers
specialized products such as accounts receivable financing through its
subsidiary, Advantage Finance Corporation ("Advantage"), and trade finance loans
and letters of credit. The Company offers a broad array of loan and deposit
products and services to retail customers through its branch network in Houston
and Dallas. Loans to retail customers include residential mortgage loans,
residential construction loans, automobile loans, lines of credit and other
personal loans. Retail deposit products and services include checking and
savings accounts, money market accounts, time deposits, ATM cards, debit cards
and on-line banking.
    The Company's overall business strategy is to (i) continue to service its
small and medium-sized owner-operated businesses and retail customers especially
in the Asian and Hispanic communities by providing individualized, responsive,
quality service, and (ii) expand its geographic reach either through selective
acquisitions of existing financial institutions or by establishing de novo
branches in multi-ethnic markets with significant small and medium-sized
business activity.
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock offered by the
  Company.........................  1,350,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding
  after the Offering(1)...........  7,004,560 shares
Use of Proceeds...................  Of the $13.4 million of estimated net proceeds,
                                    approximately $4.0 million will be used to increase the
                                    capital of the Bank and the remainder will be used for
                                    general corporate purposes. Although the Company has no
                                    specific plans for the remaining net proceeds, the
                                    Company has elected to make the Offering at this time in
                                    order to have additional capital available to support
                                    anticipated asset growth and to use in connection with
                                    any future acquisition opportunities the Company decides
                                    to pursue.
Risk Factors......................  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors
                                    that should be considered by each prospective investor.
Nasdaq/National Market Symbol.....  MCBI
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
(1) Excludes 120,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the
    exercise of options heretofore granted under the Company's stock option
    plans. See "Management--Stock Plans." As of the date of this Prospectus, the
    Company had outstanding 5,654,560 shares of Common Stock. See
    "Capitalization."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    The following Summary Consolidated Financial Data of the Company is derived
from the Selected Consolidated Financial Data appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements of the Company and the notes thereto (the "Consolidated Financial
Statements"), the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial
information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain prior year amounts
have been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS OF AND FOR THE
                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                             AS OF AND FOR THE
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                                                       1998       1997       1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Net interest income................................  $  20,184  $  16,761  $  23,017  $  17,596  $  13,425  $  10,488  $   9,213
Provision for loan losses..........................      2,520      1,504      3,350      2,118        792        422        557
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net interest income after provision for loan
    losses.........................................     17,664     15,257     19,667     15,478     12,633     10,066      8,656
Noninterest income.................................      3,873      3,209      4,391      3,446      2,903      3,312      3,681
Noninterest expense................................     15,489     13,405     18,096     16,102     11,845      9,978      9,520
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income before taxes..........................      6,048      5,061      5,962      2,822      3,691      3,400      2,817
Provision for income taxes.........................      1,948      1,527      1,794        809      1,091        895        798
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.........................................  $   4,100  $   3,534  $   4,168  $   2,013  $   2,600  $   2,505  $   2,019
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
PER SHARE DATA:
Net income-Basic...................................  $    0.73  $    0.63  $    0.75  $    0.38  $    0.52  $    0.54  $    0.45
Net income-Diluted.................................       0.71       0.63       0.74       0.37       0.51       0.53       0.44
Book value.........................................       6.29       5.34       5.49       4.73       4.38       3.99       3.77
Tangible book value................................       6.29       5.34       5.49       4.73       4.38       3.99       3.77
Cash dividends.....................................         --         --         --         --         --      0.125         --
Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):
  Basic............................................      5,625      5,589      5,581      5,364      5,015      4,658      4,534
  Diluted..........................................      5,745      5,635      5,616      5,444      5,104      4,764      4,641
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets.......................................  $ 551,189  $ 493,954  $ 505,051  $ 426,987  $ 322,799  $ 231,205  $ 191,491
Securities.........................................    129,620    118,072    112,624    103,680    110,761     92,399     58,683
Total loans........................................    385,023    325,777    348,910    280,597    177,206    125,769    116,311
Allowance for loan losses..........................      5,722      3,104      3,569      2,141      1,612      1,264      1,345
Total deposits.....................................    479,615    432,513    445,859    381,289    285,153    197,135    162,768
Total shareholders' equity.........................     35,587     29,698     30,506     25,398     23,519     18,595     17,577
PERFORMANCE RATIOS(1):
Return on average assets...........................       1.04%      1.03%      0.89%      0.54%      0.96%      1.21%      1.09%
Return on average equity...........................      16.56      17.00      14.69       8.36      12.06      14.74      12.49
Net interest margin................................       5.45       5.19       5.22       5.02       5.27       5.42       5.44
Efficiency ratio...................................      64.38      67.13      66.48      76.73      72.82      72.22      75.04
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
Nonperforming assets to total loans and ORE........       0.89%      1.46%      0.94%      0.82%      1.11%      1.23%      2.33%
Nonperforming assets to total assets...............       0.62       0.97       0.65       0.54       0.61       0.67       1.44
Net loan charge-offs to average loans..............       0.10       0.18       0.62       0.71       0.30       0.42       0.54
Allowance for loan losses to total loans...........       1.49       0.95       1.02       0.76       0.91       1.01       1.16
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming
  loans(2).........................................     200.63     118.84     134.02     135.42     111.48     130.71     107.17
CAPITAL RATIOS:
Leverage ratio.....................................       6.39%      6.04%      5.92%      6.04%      7.30%      8.63%      8.96%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio....................       8.94       8.48       8.45       8.69      10.65      12.82      13.16
Total risk-based capital ratio.....................      10.19       9.39       9.46       9.44      11.39      13.66      14.18
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) All interim periods have been annualized.
(2) Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, loans contractually past
    due 90 days or more and restructured loans.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS. IN
ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN,
THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY
BEFORE PURCHASING THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE
USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY SUCH AS "BELIEVES," "ESTIMATES," "EXPECTS,"
"WILL," "WOULD," "SHOULD," "PROJECTED," "CONTEMPLATED" OR "ANTICIPATES" OR THE
NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON OR COMPARABLE TERMINOLOGY. NO
ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT THE FUTURE RESULTS COVERED BY THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS WILL BE ACHIEVED. THE FOLLOWING FACTORS COULD CAUSE ACTUAL EXPERIENCE
TO VARY MATERIALLY FROM THE FUTURE RESULTS COVERED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. OTHER FACTORS, SUCH AS THE GENERAL STATE OF THE ECONOMY, COULD ALSO
CAUSE ACTUAL EXPERIENCE TO VARY MATERIALLY FROM THE MATTERS COVERED IN SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
EXPOSURE TO LOCAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
    The Company's success is dependent to a significant extent upon general
economic conditions in Texas. The banking industry in Texas is affected by
general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment and other
factors beyond the Company's control. During the mid 1980s, severely depressed
oil and gas and real estate prices materially and adversely affected the Texas
economy, causing recession and unemployment in the region and resulting in
excess vacancies in the real estate market. Since 1987, the Texas economy has
improved in part due to its expansion into industries other than those related
to energy. As the Texas economy has diversified away from the energy industry,
however, it has become more susceptible to adverse effects resulting from
recession in the national economy. Economic recession over a prolonged period or
other economic dislocation in Texas could cause increases in nonperforming
assets, thereby causing operating losses, impairing liquidity and eroding
capital. There can be no assurance that future adverse changes in the Texas
economy would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
INTEREST RATE RISK
 
    The Company's earnings depend to a great extent on "rate differentials,"
which are the differences between interest income that the Company earns on
loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and other
borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond
the Company's control, including general economic conditions and the policies of
various government and regulatory authorities. Increases in the discount rate by
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal Reserve Board")
usually lead to rising interest rates, which affect the Company's interest
income, interest expense and investment portfolio. Also, governmental policies
such as the creation of a tax deduction for individual retirement accounts can
increase savings and affect the cost of funds. From time to time, maturities of
assets and liabilities are not balanced, and a rapid increase or decrease in
interest rates could have an adverse effect on the net interest margin and
results of operations of the Company. The nature, timing and effect of any
future changes in federal monetary and fiscal policies on the Company and its
results of operations are not predictable. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Interest Rate
Sensitivity and Liquidity."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The banking business is highly competitive, and the profitability of the
Company depends principally upon the Company's ability to compete in the market
areas in which its banking operations are located. The Company competes with
other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit
unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and
investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and certain other
non-financial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own
credit programs and certain governmental organizations which may offer more
favorable financing than the Company. Many of such competitors may have greater
financial and other resources than the Company. Competition for Asian business
from both superregional banking institutions and other Asian-owned community
banks is particularly keen in several of the Company's market areas.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
The Company has been able to compete effectively with other financial
institutions by emphasizing customer service, technology and local office
decision-making; by establishing long-term customer relationships and building
customer loyalty; and by providing products and services designed to address the
specific needs of its customers. Although the Company has been able to compete
effectively in the past, no assurances may be given that the Company will
continue to be able to compete effectively in the future. Various legislative
acts in recent years have led to increased competition among financial
institutions. There can be no assurance that the United States Congress or the
Texas legislature will not enact legislation that may further increase
competitive pressures on the Company. Competition from both financial and
nonfinancial institutions is expected to continue. See "The
Company--Competition."
 
NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the shares of
Common Stock. The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the
Nasdaq/National Market under the symbol MCBI. The Underwriter has advised the
Company that it intends to make a market in the Common Stock as long as the
volume of trading activity in the Common Stock and certain other market making
conditions justify doing so. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that an
active public market will develop or be sustained after the Offering or that if
such a market develops, investors in the Common Stock will be able to resell
their shares at or above the initial public offering price. Making a market
involves maintaining bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock and being
available as principal to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at those
quoted prices, subject to various securities laws and other regulatory
requirements. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of
depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace of
willing buyers and sellers of the Common Stock at any given time, which presence
is dependent upon the individual decisions of investors over which neither the
Company nor any market maker has any control.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON ABILITY TO PAY DIVIDENDS
 
    The only cash dividend ever paid by the Company was a $0.125 per share
dividend in 1994. Although the Company anticipates paying quarterly dividends
aggregating $0.24 per share per annum beginning in the first quarter of 1999,
there is no assurance that the Company will pay dividends on the Common Stock in
the future. The declaration and payment of dividends on the Common Stock will
depend upon the earnings and financial condition of the Company, liquidity and
capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company's
ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the Common Stock and
other factors deemed relevant by the Company's Board of Directors. It is the
policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash
dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and
only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization's
expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank
holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines
the bank holding company's ability to serve as a source of strength to its
banking subsidiaries.
 
    The Company's principal source of funds to pay dividends on the shares of
Common Stock will be cash dividends that the Company receives from the Bank. The
payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company is subject to certain
restrictions imposed by federal banking laws, regulations and authorities. Until
capital surplus equals or exceeds capital stock, a national bank must transfer
to surplus ten percent (10%) of its net income for the preceding four quarters
in the case of an annual dividend or ten percent (10%) of its net income for the
preceding two quarters in the case of a quarterly or semiannual dividend. As of
September 30, 1998, the Bank's capital surplus exceeded its capital stock.
Without prior approval, a national bank may not declare a dividend if the total
amount of all dividends declared by the bank in any calendar year exceeds the
total of the bank's retained net income for the current year and retained net
income for the preceding two years. As of September 30, 1998, an aggregate of
approximately $10.3 million was available for payment of dividends by the Bank
to the Company under applicable restrictions, without regulatory approval. See
"Supervision and Regulation--The Bank."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    The federal banking statutes prohibit federally insured banks from making
any capital distributions (including a dividend payment) if, after making the
distribution, the institution would be "undercapitalized" as defined by statute.
In addition, the relevant federal regulatory agencies also have authority to
prohibit an insured bank from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice, as
determined by the agency, in conducting an activity. The payment of dividends
could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice, depending on
the financial condition of the Bank. Regulatory authorities could impose
administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay
dividends to the Company if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve
certain capital adequacy requirements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Resources" and
"Supervision and Regulation."
 
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    The Company will have 7,004,560 shares of Common Stock outstanding after the
Offering. The Company, its executive officers and directors and certain
shareholders (who collectively will own 55.9% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock after the consummation of the Offering) have agreed with the
Underwriter not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any of
their shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the permission of the Underwriter, except that the Company
may issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding
options. The currently outstanding shares of Common Stock which are not subject
to such agreement are held by approximately 124 shareholders of record. The
currently outstanding shares are not "restricted securities" as that term is
defined by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and will be freely
tradeable; provided, however that shares currently held by "affiliates" of the
Company will only be eligible for sale in compliance with Rule 144 volume and
other requirements with the exception of the holding period requirement of Rule
144(d) of the Securities Act which will not apply. In addition, all of the
shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering, other than shares purchased by
affiliates of the Company, will generally be freely tradable under the
Securities Act. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future
sales of Common Stock or the availability of Common Stock for future sale will
have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales
of a substantial number of such shares in the future, or the perception that
such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock. See "Management" and "Principal Shareholders."
 
IMPACT OF TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES; YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    The banking industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent
introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to
improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases
efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. The Company's
future success will depend, in part, on its ability to address the needs of its
customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy
customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies
in its operations. Many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater
resources than the Company to invest in technological improvements. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively implement new
technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such
products and services to the public.
 
    The Company's operations are dependent on computers and computer systems,
whether internally maintained or outsourced under contract. The Company has
taken steps to ensure that such systems will properly recognize information when
the year changes to 2000. Systems that do not properly recognize the correct
year could generate erroneous data or cause a system to fail. If the Company
does not adequately address this risk, a material adverse impact on the
Company's financial condition and results of operation could result. The Company
currently uses a vendor-provided system as its "core" banking application
software to process data pertaining to its demand deposits, savings accounts,
certificates of deposit and other deposits, loans and similar items. The
provider has certified the Company's "core" banking applications to be Year 2000
compliant, and testing has been completed. The Company believes that it is in
compliance with federal bank regulatory directives in this area, including the
timetable for achieving
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
compliance. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to
effectively implement program changes to all of its systems to ensure such
compliance. The Company has a backup system in place in the event that its
current systems are not Year 2000 compliant.
 
    The Company will also be impacted by Year 2000 non-compliance of third
parties with whom the Company transacts business, but it is difficult to measure
this impact. If the operations of the Company's customers are disrupted by Year
2000-related issues, such customers may be unable to satisfy their obligations
to the Company as they become due. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve Bank of
Dallas does not become Year 2000 compliant, the Company could experience
significant difficulties. There can be no assurance that the operational and
financial systems of the Company, its suppliers or its customers will not be
affected by Year 2000 software problems.
 
    Management of the Company believes that costs of addressing potential Year
2000 issues will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial
position, results of operations or cash flows in future periods. In addition,
the Company purchased hardware and core banking application software to perform
data processing functions in-house beginning in the first half of 1999. The data
processing software purchased by the Company is the same software that is
currently used by the Company in its vendor provided system. The Company's
in-house system is scheduled for Year 2000 compliance testing and certification
in the first half of 1999. Management believes the purchase and processing of
data in-house will not have a significant impact on the Company's ability to
comply with Year 2000 issues. Nonetheless, the Company's ability to predict the
costs associated with Year 2000 compliance is subject to some uncertainties, and
the Company may incur additional unexpected expenditures in connection with Year
2000 compliance, which expenditures could be material. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Financial Condition--Year 2000 Compliance."
 
DILUTION OF COMMON STOCK
 
   
    Investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offering will incur
immediate dilution of approximately 36.45% in their investment, in that the
tangible book value of the Company after the Offering will be approximately
$6.99 compared with the initial public offering price of $11.00 per share.
Options to purchase a total of 120,000 shares of Common Stock were outstanding
under the Company's stock option plans as of the date of this Prospectus, all of
which were exercisable at a price of $11.00 per share. If the shares subject to
such options under the Company's stock option plans were included in the
foregoing calculations, further dilution to new shareholders would be incurred.
See "Dilution."
    
 
DETERMINATION OF MARKET PRICE AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
   
    The initial public offering price of the shares of Common Stock has been
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Underwriter and does not
necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's book value, past operating
results, financial condition or other established criteria of value and may not
be indicative of the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering. Among
the factors considered in such negotiations were prevailing market and general
economic conditions, the market capitalizations, trading histories and
performance of other traded companies that the Company and the Underwriter
believed to be comparable to the Company, the results of operations of the
Company in recent periods, the current financial position of the Company and
estimates of business potential of the Company. Additionally, consideration was
given to the general status of the securities market, the market conditions for
new issues of securities and the demand for securities of comparable companies
at the time the Offering was made. See "Nature of the Trading Market" and
"Underwriting" for information relating to the method of determining the initial
public offering price. The stock market has from time to time, and particularly
during the past several months, experienced extreme price and volume volatility.
These market fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of
particular companies whose shares are traded and may adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock. There can be no assurance that the market price of
the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price.
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
POSSIBLE ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    The Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain
provisions which may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or
change in control of the Company. These provisions include: (i) a Board of
Directors classified into three classes of directors with the directors of each
class having staggered, three-year terms, (ii) a provision that any special
meeting of shareholders of the Company may be called only by a majority of the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the holders of
at least 50% of the shares entitled to vote on the matter, (iii) a provision
establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for
election as directors and for shareholder proposals to be considered at an
annual or special meeting of shareholders and (iv) a provision that denies
shareholders the right to amend the Bylaws of the Company. The Company's
Articles of Incorporation provide for noncumulative voting for directors and
authorize the Board of Directors of the Company to issue shares of preferred
stock of the Company, $1.00 par value per share, without shareholder approval
and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. The issuance of
preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions, financings and other corporate purposes, could have the
effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of
discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in the
Company. In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, including a provision
which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and
certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted
acquisition or change in control of the Company. Individuals, alone or acting in
concert with others, seeking to acquire 10% or more of any class of voting
securities of the Company must comply with the Change in Bank Control Act, which
requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for any such
acquisition. Entities seeking to acquire 5% or more of any class of voting
securities of, or otherwise to control, the Company must obtain the prior
approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956, as amended ("BHCA"). Accordingly, prospective investors need to be aware
of and to comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection with any
purchase of shares of the Common Stock offered hereby and such requirements may
delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of
the Company. See "Description of Securities of the Company--Preferred Stock" and
"--Texas Law and Certain Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws"
and "Supervision and Regulation."
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
    Bank holding companies and banks operate in a highly regulated environment
and are subject to extensive supervision and examination by several federal and
state regulatory agencies. The Company is subject to the BHCA, and to regulation
and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank, as a national banking
association, is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") and, as a result of the insurance of its
deposits, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). These
regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and
customers, rather than for the benefit of investors. The Company and the Bank
are subject to changes in federal and state laws, as well as changes in
regulations and governmental policies, income tax laws and accounting
principles. The effects of any potential changes cannot be predicted but could
adversely affect the business and operations of the Company and the Bank in the
future. See "Supervision and Regulation."
 
    The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a policy that requires a bank holding
company such as the Company to serve as a source of financial strength to its
banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board has required bank holding
companies to contribute cash to their troubled bank subsidiaries based upon this
"source of strength" policy, which could have the effect of decreasing funds
available for distributions to shareholders. In addition, a bank holding company
in certain circumstances could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an
undercapitalized banking subsidiary. See "Supervision and Regulation."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company was incorporated as a business corporation under the laws of the
State of Texas in 1998 to serve as a holding company for the Bank. Based on
total assets at September 30, 1998, the Company is the fourth largest
independent banking organization headquartered in Houston. The Company's
headquarters are located at 9600 Bellaire Boulevard, Suite 252, Houston, Texas
77036, and its telephone number is (713) 776-3876.
 
    The Bank was organized in 1987 by Don J. Wang, the Company's current
Chairman of the Board and President, and five other Asian-American small
business owners, four of whom currently serve as directors of the Company and
the Bank. The organizers perceived that the financial needs of various ethnic
groups in Houston were not adequately being served and sought to provide modern
banking products and services that accommodated the cultures of the businesses
operating in these communities. Although it was formed primarily to service the
Asian community, in 1989 the Company expanded its service philosophy to
Houston's Hispanic community by acquiring from the FDIC the assets and
liabilities of a community bank located in a primarily Hispanic section of
Houston. This acquisition not only broadened the Company's market but increased
its assets from approximately $30.0 million to approximately $100.0 million.
Other than this acquisition, the Company has accomplished its growth internally
through the establishment of de novo branches in areas with large Asian
communities. Since its formation in 1987, the Company has established seven
branches in the greater Houston metropolitan area. In 1996, the Company expanded
into the Dallas market. The success of this branch, whose deposits increased to
$30.5 million in just two years, prompted the Company to establish a second
branch in the greater Dallas metropolitan area in 1998. In 1996, the Company
established a loan production office in New Orleans, Louisiana primarily to
service the Asian-owned businesses operating in the fisheries industry in that
area. As a result of these expansion activities and strong internal growth, the
Company has developed from an organization with one banking location and assets
of $3.0 million at its inception in 1987 to its current 11 full-service banking
locations and assets of $551.2 million at September 30, 1998.
 
    The Company's mission is to enhance shareholder value by maximizing
profitability and being the premier multi-ethnic bank in each community that it
serves. Over its 11 year history, the Company has demonstrated a consistent
record of asset growth and profitability. For each of the last ten years, the
Company has recorded a profit, even during the period of adverse economic
conditions in Texas in the late 1980s. The Company's net income increased from
$1.0 million in fiscal 1990 to $4.2 million in fiscal 1997, and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998, the Company recorded net income of $4.1
million. Return on shareholders' equity for the nine months ended September 30,
1998 was 16.56%. Asset growth has also been strong, with total assets increasing
from $168.9 at December 31, 1990 to $551.2 million at September 30, 1998.
 
    The Company operates in a niche market by addressing the banking needs of
the Asian and Hispanic communities in Houston and Dallas by providing
personalized, culturally sensitive service. The Company has strategically opened
each of its 11 banking offices in an area with a large Asian or Hispanic
community and intends to pursue branch opportunities in multi-ethnic markets
with significant small and medium-sized business activity. Management believes
that both the Asian and Hispanic communities present excellent opportunities for
future growth. The greater Houston metropolitan area is home to an Asian
population of approximately 170,000, with people of Vietnamese, Chinese, Korean
and Taiwanese ancestry comprising the four largest groups. Houston's Hispanic
population is approximately 820,000 and represents approximately one-quarter of
the city's population. The Asian and Hispanic communities together comprise
almost one-third of the total population of Houston. Similarly, the greater
Dallas metropolitan area has a growing Asian community of approximately 80,000
and a significant Hispanic population of approximately 400,000 which constitute,
in the aggregate, approximately one-quarter of the total population of Dallas.
 
    While many of the Company's competitors either fail to recognize the
cultural distinctions among various ethnic groups or focus on only one isolated
group, management of the Company is acutely aware of and understands the unique
cultural nuances of each community served by the Company. Multi-ethnic
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
customers require a special level of understanding from their banker, whether it
be the specific characteristics of the businesses they operate or the native
dialect in which they converse. In order to better serve its customers, the
Company recruits bilingual and multilingual employees, publishes Company
literature in four languages (English, Spanish, Vietnamese and Chinese) and
celebrates cultural holidays such as Chinese New Year and Cinco de Mayo at its
branches. In addition, the active involvement of directors and officers in
various ethnic civic organizations allows management to better understand and
respond to the needs of each community that it serves. Management believes that
each ethnic group has its own unique cultural characteristics and tailors its
products and services to best serve each group. For example, the Company offers
deposit products that appeal to the unique saving philosophies of various ethnic
groups. The Company believes that this awareness, personalized service and a
broad array of products gives it a distinct competitive advantage in its chosen
market areas.
 
BUSINESS
 
    In connection with the Company's multi-ethnic approach to community banking,
the Company offers products designed to appeal to its customers and further
enhance profitability. The Company believes that it has developed a reputation
as the premier provider of financial products and services to small and
medium-sized businesses and consumers located in the Asian and Hispanic
communities that it serves. Each of its lines of business is an outgrowth of the
Company's expertise in meeting the particular needs of its customers. The
Company's principal lines of business are the following:
 
        COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS.  The primary lending focus of the
    Company is to small and medium-sized businesses in a wide variety of
    industries. The Company's commercial lending emphasis includes loans to
    wholesalers, manufacturers and business service companies. A broad range of
    short and medium-term commercial lending products are made available to
    businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts
    receivable), purchases of equipment and machinery and business expansion
    (including acquisitions of real estate and improvements). As of September
    30, 1998, the Company's commercial and industrial loan portfolio totaled
    $238.8 million or 61.3% of the gross loan portfolio. At that date, the
    Company had a concentration of loans to hotels and motels of $57.6 million.
    Hotel and motel lending was originally targeted by the Company because of
    management's particular expertise in this industry and a perception that it
    was an under-served market. More recently, the Company has decreased its
    emphasis in hotel and motel lending in order to further diversify its
    portfolio.
 
        COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS.  The Company makes commercial mortgage loans
    to finance the purchase of real property, which generally consists of
    developed real estate. The Company's commercial mortgage loans are secured
    by first liens on real estate, typically have variable rates and amortize
    over a 15 to 20 year period, with balloon payments due at the end of five to
    seven years. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had a commercial mortgage
    portfolio of $90.0 million.
 
        CONSTRUCTION LOANS.  The Company makes loans to finance the construction
    of residential and non-residential properties. The substantial majority of
    the Company's residential construction loans are for single-family dwellings
    which are pre-sold or are under earnest money contract. The Company also
    originates loans to finance the construction of commercial properties such
    as multi-family, office, industrial, warehouse and retail centers. As of
    September 30, 1998, the Company had a real estate construction portfolio of
    $26.7 million, of which $11.7 million was residential and $15.0 million was
    commercial.
 
        RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BROKERAGE AND LENDING.  The Company uses its
    existing branch network to offer a complete line of single-family
    residential mortgage products. The Company solicits and receives a fee to
    process residential mortgage loans which are pre-sold to and underwritten by
    third party mortgage companies. The Company does not fund or service the
    loans underwritten by third party mortgage companies. The Company also makes
    five to seven year balloon residential mortgage loans with a 15 year
    amortization to its existing customers on a select basis, which are retained
    in the Company's portfolio. At September 30, 1998, the Company's residential
    mortgage portfolio totaled $12.9 million.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
        GOVERNMENT GUARANTEED SMALL BUSINESS LENDING.  The Company has developed
    an expertise in several government guaranteed lending programs in order to
    provide credit enhancement to its commercial and industrial and mortgage
    portfolios. As a Preferred Lender under the federally guaranteed SBA lending
    program, the Company's preapproved status allows it to quickly respond to
    customers' needs. Depending upon prevailing market conditions, the Company
    may sell the guaranteed portion of these loans into the secondary market
    with servicing retained. The Company specializes in SBA loans to
    minority-owned businesses. Over the last six years, the Company has
    originated over $100.0 million in SBA guaranteed loans. As of September 30,
    1998, the Company had $37.4 million in the retained portion of SBA loans,
    approximately $17.6 million of which was guaranteed by the SBA. For each of
    the last five years, the Company has been the second largest SBA loan
    originator in Houston in terms of dollar volume. Another source of
    government guaranteed lending provided by the Company is Business &
    Industrial loans ("B&I Loans") which are secured by the U.S. Department of
    Agriculture and are available to borrowers in areas with a population of
    less than 50,000. The Company also offers guaranteed loans through the
    Overseas Chinese Community Guaranty Fund ("OCCGF") which is sponsored by the
    government of Taiwan.
 
        FACTORING.  In 1994, the Company established an accounts receivable
    factoring subsidiary, Advantage, to provide financing to small and
    medium-sized businesses that have accounts receivable from predominantly
    Fortune 1,000 companies. Advantage's volume of purchases has grown steadily
    since 1995, its first full year of operations, from $14.5 million in
    short-term (usually 30 day) accounts receivable to $51.3 million during
    1997, an increase of 253.8%. Purchased receivables through the first nine
    months of 1998 totaled $58.5 million. At September 30, 1998, factored
    receivables outstanding totaled $9.9 million, compared with $2.1 million at
    December 31, 1995. In addition to enhancing the Company's profitability,
    many of the customers obtained through these efforts have established more
    traditional banking relationships with the Company.
 
        TRADE FINANCE.  Since its inception in 1987, the Company has originated
    trade finance loans and letters of credit to facilitate export and import
    transactions for small and medium-sized businesses. In this capacity, the
    Company has worked with the Export-Import Bank of the United States (the
    "Ex-Im Bank"), an agency of the U.S. government which provides guarantees
    for trade finance loans. In 1998, the Company was named Small Business Bank
    of the Year by the Ex-Im Bank, and it was the largest Ex-Im Bank producer in
    the State of Texas. At September 30, 1998, the Company's aggregate trade
    finance portfolio commitments totaled approximately $8.8 million.
 
    The Company offers a wide variety of loan and deposit products and services
to retail customers through its branch network in Houston and Dallas. Loans to
retail customers include residential mortgage loans, residential construction
loans, automobile loans, lines of credit and other personal loans. Retail
deposit products and services include checking and savings accounts, money
market accounts, time deposits, ATM cards, debit cards and on-line banking.
 
    The Company's overall business strategy is to (i) continue to service its
small and medium-sized owner-operated businesses and retail customers especially
in the Asian and Hispanic communities by providing individualized, responsive,
quality service, and (ii) expand its geographic reach either through selective
acquisitions of existing financial institutions or by establishing de novo
branches in multi-ethnic markets with significant small and medium-sized
business activity.
 
FACILITIES
 
    The Company conducts business at 11 full-service banking locations and one
loan production office. The following table sets forth specific information on
each such location. The Company's headquarters are located at 9600 Bellaire
Boulevard, Suite 252, Houston, Texas. The lease for the Company's corporate
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
headquarters will expire in March of 2000. The Company is in the process of
evaluating options for its corporate headquarters including a renewal of the
existing lease or relocation to another facility.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DEPOSITS
                                                    AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                     LOCATION                             1998         DATE OPENED
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------------   -----------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>
Houston Area:
  Bellaire Blvd. .................................      $194,435          1987
  East............................................        82,121          1989
  Galleria........................................        65,470          1991
  Chinatown.......................................        20,006          1993
  Sugar Land......................................        32,871          1995
  Harwin..........................................        15,180          1996
  Clear Lake......................................        17,783          1996
  Veterans Memorial...............................        11,407          1997
  Milam...........................................         6,621          1998
Dallas Area:
  Richardson......................................        30,809          1996
  Dallas (Harry Hines) (1)........................         2,912          1998
New Orleans (2)...................................           N/A          1996
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) Opened in June of 1998.
 
(2) Indicates loan production office.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The banking business is highly competitive, and the profitability of the
Company depends principally on the Company's ability to compete in the market
areas in which its banking operations are located. The Company competes with
other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit
unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and
investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and certain other
non-financial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own
credit programs and certain governmental organizations which may offer more
favorable financing than the Company. The Company has been able to compete
effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service,
technology and local office decision-making; by establishing long-term customer
relationships and building customer loyalty; and by providing products and
services designed to address the specific needs of its customers. See "Risk
Factors--Competition."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 259 full-time equivalent
employees, 34 of whom were officers of the Bank classified as vice president or
above. The Company considers its relations with employees to be excellent.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company and the Bank from time to time are parties to or otherwise
involved in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business.
Management does not believe that there is any pending or threatened proceeding
against the Company or the Bank which, if determined adversely, would have a
material effect on the business, results of operations or financial position of
the Company or the Bank.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the Offering, after
deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses, are estimated to be
approximately $13.4 million, or $15.4 million if the Underwriter's
over-allotment option is fully exercised.
    
 
   
    The Company intends to use approximately $4.0 million of the net proceeds to
increase the capital of the Bank and the remainder for general corporate
purposes. Although the Company has no specific plans for the remaining net
proceeds, the Company has elected to make the Offering at this time in order to
have additional capital available to support anticipated asset growth and to use
in connection with any future acquisition opportunities the Company decides to
pursue.
    
 
    Pending the application of the net proceeds, the Company intends to invest
such proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing securities, certificates of
deposit or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The only cash dividend ever paid by the Company was a $0.125 per share
dividend in 1994. The Company anticipates paying quarterly dividends aggregating
$0.24 per share per annum beginning in the first quarter of 1999. There is no
assurance, however, that the Company will pay dividends in the future.
 
    For a foreseeable period of time, the principal source of cash revenues to
the Company will be dividends paid by the Bank with respect to the Bank's
capital stock. There are certain restrictions on the payment of such dividends
imposed by federal banking laws, regulations and authorities. Until capital
surplus equals or exceeds capital, a national bank must transfer to surplus 10%
of its net income for the preceding four quarters in the case of an annual
dividend or 10% of its net income for the preceding two quarters in the case of
a quarterly or semiannual dividend. As of September 30, 1998, the Bank's capital
surplus exceeded its capital stock. Without prior approval, a national bank may
not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends, declared by the
bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the bank's retained net income
for the current year and retained net income for the preceding two years. As of
September 30, 1998, an aggregate of approximately $10.3 million was available
for payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company under applicable
restrictions, without regulatory approval. Regulatory authorities could impose
administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay
dividends to the Company if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve
certain capital adequacy requirements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Resources" and
"Supervision and Regulation--The Bank."
 
    In the future, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Common Stock
will depend upon the earnings and financial condition of the Company, liquidity
and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the
Company's ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the Common
Stock and other factors deemed relevant by the Company's Board of Directors. See
"Supervision and Regulation" and "Description of Securities of the Company."
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    As of September 30, 1998, the tangible book value of the Common Stock was
$6.29 per share. "Tangible book value per share" represents the amount of total
tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 1,350,000
shares of Common Stock offered hereby (after deducting the underwriting discount
and other estimated offering expenses to be paid by the Company), the pro forma
tangible book value of the Company as of September 30, 1998 would have been
$6.99 per share. This represents an immediate
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
   
increase in net tangible book value of $0.70 per share to current shareholders
and an immediate dilution of $4.01 per share to new investors. The following
table illustrates this per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Price to public.....................................................  $   11.00
                                                                      ---------
  Tangible book value per share before Offering.....................       6.29
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..................       0.70
                                                                      ---------
Pro forma tangible book value per share after Offering..............       6.99
                                                                      ---------
Dilution to new investors...........................................  $    4.01
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The foregoing computations do not take into account the possible exercise of
outstanding stock options granted under the Company's stock option plans or the
possible issuance of up to an additional 202,500 shares of Common Stock to new
investors pursuant to the exercise of an option granted by the Company to the
Underwriter solely to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the
Offering. See "Underwriting." Options to purchase a total of 120,000 shares of
Common Stock were outstanding under the Company's stock option plans as of the
date of this Prospectus, all of which were exercisable at a price of $11.00 per
share. If the shares subject to such outstanding options under the Company's
stock option plans were included in the foregoing calculations, further dilution
to new shareholders would be incurred.
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Company as of September 30, 1998, and as adjusted to give effect to the sale by
the Company of 1,350,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, at a per share
price of $11.00, less the underwriting discount and other estimated offering
expenses to be paid by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    AS OF
                                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Shareholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock, $1 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, none of which are issued and
    outstanding;..........................................................................  $      --   $      --
  Common Stock, $1 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,654,560 shares issued and
    outstanding, 7,004,560 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(1)..................      5,655       7,005
  Additional paid-in-capital..............................................................     12,848      24,859
  Retained earnings.......................................................................     16,103      16,103
  Accumulated other comprehensive income..................................................        981         981
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity............................................................  $  35,587   $  48,948
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
 
(1) Does not include 120,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of options granted under the Company's stock option plans.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                          NATURE OF THE TRADING MARKET
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the shares of
Common Stock and there can be no assurance that an active public market will
develop or be sustained after the Offering or that if such a market develops,
investors in the Common Stock will be able to resell their shares at or above
the initial public offering price. The Underwriter has advised the Company that
it intends to make a market in the Common Stock as long as the volume of trading
activity in the Common Stock and certain other market making conditions justify
doing so. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that an active public market
will develop or be sustained after the Offering or that if such a market
develops, investors in the Common Stock will be able to resell their shares at
or above the initial public offering price. Making a market involves maintaining
bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock and being available as principal
to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at those quoted prices, subject
to various securities laws and other regulatory requirements. A public trading
market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness
depends upon the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of
the Common Stock at any given time, which presence is dependent upon the
individual decisions of investors over which neither the Company nor any market
maker has any control. See "Risk Factors--No Prior Trading Market."
 
   
    The initial public offering price of the shares of Common Stock has been
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Underwriter and does not
necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's book value, past operating
results, financial condition or other established criteria of value and may not
be indicative of the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering. Among
the factors considered in such negotiations were prevailing market and general
economic conditions, the market capitalizations, trading histories and
performance of other traded companies that the Company and the Underwriter
believed to be comparable to the Company, the results of operations of the
Company in recent periods, the current financial position of the Company and
estimates of the business potential of the Company. Additionally, consideration
was given to the general status of the securities market, the market conditions
for new issues of securities and the demand for securities of comparable
companies at the time the Offering is made. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the method of determining the initial public offering price. The
shares of Common Stock have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq/ National
Market under the symbol MCBI.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following Selected Consolidated Financial Data of the Company should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company,
the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial
data as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1997
are derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements which have been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. Certain prior
year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation. The
selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997 have not been audited but, in
the opinion of management, contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the results for the
interim periods. The results of operations for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be
expected for the year ended December 31, 1998, or for any future periods.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AS OF AND FOR THE
                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED                      AS OF AND FOR THE
                                       SEPTEMBER 30,                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    --------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                                      1998       1997       1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Interest income...................  $  35,244  $  30,033  $  41,155  $  31,523  $  23,065  $  15,643  $  13,343
Interest expense..................     15,060     13,272     18,138     13,927      9,640      5,155      4,130
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net interest income.............     20,184     16,761     23,017     17,596     13,425     10,488      9,213
Provision for loan losses.........      2,520      1,504      3,350      2,118        792        422        557
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net interest income after
    provision for loan losses.....     17,664     15,257     19,667     15,478     12,633     10,066      8,656
Noninterest income................      3,873      3,209      4,391      3,446      2,903      3,312      3,681
Noninterest expense...............     15,489     13,405     18,096     16,102     11,845      9,978      9,520
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income before taxes.........      6,048      5,061      5,962      2,822      3,691      3,400      2,817
Provision for income taxes........      1,948      1,527      1,794        809      1,091        895        798
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income........................  $   4,100  $   3,534  $   4,168  $   2,013  $   2,600  $   2,505  $   2,019
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
PER SHARE DATA:
Net income:
  Basic...........................  $    0.73  $    0.63  $    0.75  $    0.38  $    0.52  $    0.54  $    0.45
  Diluted.........................       0.71       0.63       0.74       0.37       0.51       0.53       0.44
Book value........................       6.29       5.34       5.49       4.73       4.38       3.99       3.77
Tangible book value...............       6.29       5.34       5.49       4.73       4.38       3.99       3.77
Cash dividends....................         --         --         --         --         --      0.125         --
Weighted average shares
  outstanding (in thousands):
  Basic...........................      5,625      5,589      5,581      5,364      5,015      4,658      4,534
  Diluted.........................      5,745      5,635      5,616      5,444      5,104      4,764      4,641
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets......................  $ 551,189  $ 493,954  $ 505,051  $ 426,987  $ 322,799  $ 231,205  $ 191,491
Securities........................    129,620    118,072    112,624    103,680    110,761     92,399     58,683
Total loans.......................    385,023    325,777    348,910    280,597    177,206    125,769    116,311
Allowance for loan losses.........      5,722      3,104      3,569      2,141      1,612      1,264      1,345
Total deposits....................    479,615    432,513    445,859    381,289    285,153    197,135    162,768
Total shareholders' equity........     35,587     29,698     30,506     25,398     23,519     18,595     17,577
</TABLE>
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AS OF AND FOR THE
                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED                      AS OF AND FOR THE
                                       SEPTEMBER 30,                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    --------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                                      1998       1997       1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets......................  $ 524,257  $ 458,384  $ 469,097  $ 373,697  $ 271,087  $ 207,427  $ 185,583
Securities........................    110,123    112,272    113,250    115,224     99,398     70,919     54,659
Total loans.......................    360,107    301,761    310,781    223,514    146,210    118,762    108,929
Allowance for loan losses.........      4,739      2,569      2,722      1,869      1,442      1,355      1,356
Total deposits....................    474,772    408,275    416,895    333,355    233,749    180,246    163,136
Total shareholders' equity........     33,012     27,788     28,369     24,090     21,561     16,993     16,157
 
PERFORMANCE RATIOS(1):
Return on average assets..........       1.04%      1.03%      0.89%      0.54%      0.96%      1.21%      1.09%
Return on average equity..........      16.56      17.00      14.69       8.36      12.06      14.74      12.49
Net interest margin...............       5.45       5.19       5.22       5.02       5.27       5.42       5.44
Efficiency ratio(2)...............      64.38      67.13      66.48      76.73      72.82      72.22      75.04
 
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS(3):
Nonperforming assets to total
  loans and other real estate.....       0.89%      1.46%      0.94%      0.82%      1.11%      1.23%      2.33%
Nonperforming assets to total
  assets..........................       0.62       0.97       0.65       0.54       0.61       0.67       1.44
Net loan charge-offs to average
  loans...........................       0.10       0.18       0.62       0.71       0.30       0.42       0.54
Allowance for loan losses to total
  loans...........................       1.49       0.95       1.02       0.76       0.91       1.01       1.16
Allowance for loan losses to
  nonperforming loans(4)..........     200.63     118.84     134.02     135.42     111.48     130.71     107.17
 
CAPITAL RATIOS(3):
Leverage ratio....................       6.39%      6.04%      5.92%      6.04%      7.30%      8.63%      8.96%
Average shareholders' equity to
  average total assets............       6.30       6.06       6.05       6.45       7.95       8.19       8.71
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio...       8.94       8.48       8.45       8.69      10.65      12.82      13.16
Total risk-based capital ratio....      10.19       9.39       9.46       9.44      11.39      13.66      14.18
</TABLE>
 
- ----------
 
(1) All interim periods have been annualized.
 
(2) Calculated by dividing total noninterest expense by net interest income plus
    noninterest income, excluding net securities gains and losses.
 
(3) At period end, except net loan charge-offs to average loans and average
    shareholders' equity to average total assets.
 
(4) Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, loans contractually past
    due 90 days or more and restructured loans.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations of the Company analyzes the major elements of the Company's balance
sheets and statements of operations. This section should be read in conjunction
with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes and
other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
             FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 was $4.1 million, an
increase of $566,000 or 16.0% over net income of $3.5 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997. Net income per diluted common share was $0.71
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 compared with $0.63 for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 12.7%. The increase in net
income reflected higher net interest income, which was driven by growth in
interest-earning assets, primarily from strong internal loan growth. Return on
average assets and return on average equity were 1.04% and 16.56%, respectively,
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 compared with 1.03% and 17.00%,
respectively, for the same time period in 1997.
 
   
    Total assets were $551.2 million at September 30, 1998, an increase of $46.1
million or 9.1% over total assets of $505.1 million at December 31, 1997. In
1998, the Company opened two new branches which accounted for $11.2 million or
24.3% of the growth in total assets for the nine month period. When compared
with total deposits at December 31, 1997 of $445.9 million, total deposits of
$479.6 million at September 30, 1998 reflect deposit growth of $33.7 million or
7.6%. During this nine month period, noninterest-bearing deposits grew $6.0
million or 8.1% while interest-bearing deposits grew $27.7 million or 7.5%.
Total shareholders' equity was $35.6 million at September 30, 1998, representing
an increase of $5.1 million or 16.7% over total shareholders' equity of $30.5
million at December 31, 1997.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    NET INTEREST INCOME
 
    Net interest income represents the amount by which interest income earned on
interest-earning assets, including securities and loans, exceeds interest
expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits and other
borrowed funds. Net interest income is the principal source of the Company's
earnings. Interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in the volume and type
of earning assets and liabilities, combine to affect net interest income.
 
    Net interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 was $20.2
million compared with $16.8 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1997, an increase of $3.4 million or 20.2%. Net interest income increased as a
result of higher interest-earning assets derived primarily from loan growth and
a higher yield in the loan portfolio. Average interest-earning assets increased
to $493.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from $439.0
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997, an increase of $54.7
million or 12.5%. Average total loans increased to $360.1 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998 from $301.8 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, an increase of $58.3 million or 19.3%. Substantially all of
this increase resulted from growth in commercial and industrial loans. The
increase in interest income was partially offset by higher expense on interest-
bearing deposits. Average interest-bearing deposits increased to $396.9 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from $346.1 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, an increase of $50.8 million or 14.7%.
 
    Interest expense increased $1.8 million to $15.1 million at September 30,
1998 compared with $13.3 million at September 30, 1997. The increase was
primarily the result of growth in average time
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
deposits of $33.3 million to $278.5 million at September 30, 1998. The Company
views time deposits, which are the primary tools used to fund the Company's loan
growth, as a stable means of supporting such growth. Unlike other financial
institutions, where large time deposits are often considered volatile, the
Company believes that based on its historical experience its large time deposits
have core-type characteristics. The Company anticipates that this source of
funding will continue to sustain a portion of the Company's asset growth in the
future.
 
   
    The Company posted net interest margins of 5.45% and 5.19% and net interest
spreads of 4.58% and 4.41% for the periods ended September 30, 1998 and
September 30, 1997, respectively. The increase in the net interest margin from
the first nine months of 1997 to the first nine months of 1998 reflects a 23
basis point increase in the yield on average interest-earning assets, which was
partially offset by a 6 basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing
liabilities. The yield on average interest-earning assets increased to 9.52% for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from 9.29% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997. The increase in the yield on average interest-earning assets
was due primarily to growth in higher yielding commercial and industrial loans.
The cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 6 basis points to 4.94% for
the nine months ended September 30, 1998 when compared with the nine months
ended September 30, 1997. Average time deposit rates paid increased 6 basis
points to 5.54% for the first nine months of 1998 over the same period of 1997.
For the same periods, average volume increased from $245.2 million to $278.5
million, an increase of 13.6%.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the total dollar amount of average balances,
interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields,
as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and annualized rates. No tax-equivalent adjustments
were made and all average balances are average daily balances. Nonaccruing loans
have been included in the tables as loans carrying a zero yield.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1998                                 1997
                                               -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                                                 AVERAGE    INTEREST                  AVERAGE    INTEREST
                                               OUTSTANDING   EARNED/     AVERAGE    OUTSTANDING   EARNED/     AVERAGE
                                                 BALANCE      PAID     YIELD/ RATE    BALANCE      PAID     YIELD/ RATE
                                               -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
  Total loans................................   $ 360,107   $  28,934       10.71%   $ 301,761   $  23,984       10.60%
  Taxable securities.........................      92,532       4,535        6.53       94,743       4,585        6.45
  Tax-exempt securities......................      17,591         718        5.44       17,529         726        5.52
  Federal funds sold and other temporary
    investments..............................      23,449       1,057        6.01       16,863         738        5.84
                                               -----------  ---------               -----------  ---------
    Total interest-earning assets............     493,679      35,244        9.52%     430,896      30,033        9.29%
                                                            ---------                            ---------
Less allowance for loan losses...............      (4,739)                              (2,569)
                                               -----------                          -----------
Total interest-earning assets, net of
  allowance for loan losses..................     488,940                              428,327
Nonearning assets............................      35,317                               30,057
                                               -----------                          -----------
      Total assets...........................   $ 524,257                            $ 458,384
                                               -----------                          -----------
                                               -----------                          -----------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Interest-bearing demand deposits...........   $  29,668   $     579        2.60%   $  26,246   $     511        2.60%
  Savings and money market accounts..........      88,679       2,489        3.74       74,663       1,987        3.55
  Time deposits..............................     278,507      11,579        5.54      245,223      10,070        5.48
  Federal funds purchased and securities sold
    under repurchase agreements..............         989          42        5.66          989          40        5.39
  Other borrowings...........................       9,016         371        5.49       15,424         664        5.74
                                               -----------  ---------               -----------  ---------
      Total interest-bearing liabilities.....     406,859      15,060        4.94%     362,545      13,272        4.88%
                                                            ---------                            ---------
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits........      77,918                               62,143
  Other liabilities..........................       6,468                                5,908
                                               -----------                          -----------
      Total liabilities......................     491,245                              430,596
Shareholders' equity.........................      33,012                               27,788
                                               -----------                          -----------
      Total liabilities and shareholders'
        equity...............................   $ 524,257                            $ 458,384
                                               -----------                          -----------
                                               -----------                          -----------
Net interest income..........................               $  20,184                            $  16,761
                                                            ---------                            ---------
                                                            ---------                            ---------
Net interest spread..........................                                4.58%                                4.41%
                                                                            -----                                -----
                                                                            -----                                -----
Net interest margin..........................                                5.45%                                5.19%
                                                                            -----                                -----
                                                                            -----                                -----
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    The following schedule presents the dollar amount of changes in interest
income and interest expense for the major components of interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the increase
(decrease) related to higher outstanding balances and changes in interest rates.
For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume have
been allocated to rate.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                            1998 VS. 1997
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                   INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                                          DUE TO
                                                                   --------------------
                                                                    VOLUME      RATE       TOTAL
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
  Total loans....................................................  $   3,534  $   1,416  $   4,950
  Securities.....................................................        (60)         2        (58)
  Federal funds sold and other temporary investments.............        278         41        319
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total increase in interest income............................      3,752      1,459      5,211
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Interest-bearing demand deposits...............................         66          2         68
  Savings and money market accounts..............................        330        172        502
  Time deposits..................................................      1,319        190      1,509
  Federal funds purchased........................................         (1)         3          2
  Other borrowings...............................................       (270)       (23)      (293)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total increase in interest expense...........................      1,444        344      1,788
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Increase in net interest income..................................  $   2,308  $   1,115  $   3,423
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company
considers the risk classification or delinquency status of loans and other
factors, such as collateral value, portfolio composition, trends in economic
conditions and the financial strength of borrowers. Management establishes
specific allowances for loans which management believes require reserves greater
than those allocated according to their classification or delinquent status. The
provision for loan losses increased to $2.5 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 from $1.5 million for the same time period in 1997, an
increase of $1.0 million or 66.7%. The increased provision resulted from
significant growth in the loan portfolio. See "--Financial Condition--Allowance
for Loan Losses."
 
    NONINTEREST INCOME
 
    Noninterest income is an important source of revenue for financial
institutions. The Company's primary source of noninterest income is service
charges on deposit accounts and other banking service-related fees. Noninterest
income for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 was $3.9 million, an
increase of $664,000 or 20.7% from $3.2 million for the same period in 1997. It
is the Company's goal to
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
continue to increase its level of noninterest income relative to total income by
continually considering additional sources of revenue. The following table
presents the major categories of noninterest income:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1998       1997
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Service charges on deposit accounts........................................  $   2,331  $   1,664
Other loan-related fees....................................................      1,061      1,035
Letters of credit commissions and fees.....................................        280        246
Gain on sale of investment securities, net.................................         --        151
Other noninterest income...................................................        201        113
                                                                             ---------  ---------
  Total noninterest income.................................................  $   3,873  $   3,209
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The increase in service charges on deposit accounts and total noninterest
income for the first nine months of 1998 compared with the first nine months of
1997 resulted primarily from increased insufficient funds charges as well as
growth in deposit transaction accounts. The increase in these charges is the
result of higher volume combined with an improvement in monitoring the accounts
subject to service charges.
 
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
    In the nine month period ended September 30, 1998, noninterest expense
increased $2.1 million or 15.7% to $15.5 million from $13.4 million for the
period ended September 30, 1997. The Company's efficiency ratio, calculated by
dividing total noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income plus
noninterest income excluding securities gains and losses, was 64.4% for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998 and 67.1% for the nine months ended September
30, 1997. The improvement reflected an increase in net interest income that was
partially offset by additional expenses resulting from the establishment of two
new branches in the second half of 1997. Management believes that the Company's
efficiency ratio will continue to improve as the newly established branches grow
and achieve economies of scale. The following table presents the major
categories of noninterest expense:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1998       1997
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Employee compensation and benefits......................................  $   7,197  $   6,488
Non-staff expenses:
    Occupancy...........................................................      3,573      2,823
    Other real estate, net..............................................        264        323
    Data processing.....................................................        438        327
    Professional fees...................................................        387        325
    Advertising.........................................................        283        251
    Consultants/contract labor..........................................        340        368
    Director compensation...............................................        248        270
    Printing and supplies...............................................        333        264
    Telecommunications..................................................        311        262
    Other noninterest expense...........................................      2,115      1,704
                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total non-staff expenses..........................................      8,292      6,917
                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total noninterest expense.........................................  $  15,489  $  13,405
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Employee compensation and benefits expense for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 was $7.2 million, reflecting an increase of $709,000 or 10.9%
from $6.5 million in the same period of 1997. The
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
increase was principally due to additional staff associated with the new
branches. Total full-time equivalent employees at September 30, 1998 increased
to 259 from 222 at September 30, 1997.
 
    Non-staff expenses increased to $8.3 million for the nine month period ended
September 30, 1998 from $6.9 million for the same period in 1997, an increase of
$1.4 million or 20.3%. This increase was largely due to increased occupancy
expenses relating to the opening of new branches.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
   
    Income tax expense includes the regular federal income tax at the statutory
rate plus the income tax component of the Texas franchise tax. The amount of
federal income tax expense is influenced by the amount of taxable income, the
amount of tax-exempt income, the amount of non-deductible interest expense and
the amount of other non-deductible expenses. Taxable income for the income tax
component of the Texas franchise tax is the federal pre-tax income, plus certain
officers' salaries, less interest income on federal securities. The income tax
component of the Texas franchise tax was $144,000 in the first nine months of
1998 and $99,000 in the first nine months of 1997. During the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, income tax expense was $1.9 million compared with $1.5
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. The effective tax rates
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997 were 32.2%
and 30.2%, respectively.
    
 
    IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
    The effects of inflation on the local economy and on the Company's operating
results have been relatively modest for the past several years. Since
substantially all of the Company's assets and liabilities are monetary in
nature, such as cash, securities, loans and deposits, their values are less
sensitive to the effects of inflation than to changing interest rates, which do
not necessarily change in accordance with inflation rates. The Company tries to
control the impact of interest rate fluctuations by managing the relationship
between its interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. See "--Financial
Condition--Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity" below.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME which establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive
income and its components in an entity's financial statements. This statement
requires that an enterprise (i) classify items of other comprehensive income by
their nature in a financial statement and (ii) display the accumulated balance
of other comprehensive income as a separate component in the equity section of a
statement of financial position. This statement is effective for reporting
periods beginning after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial
statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is required.
The adoption of Statement No. 130 had no impact on the Company's earnings,
liquidity or capital resources.
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION.
Statement No. 131 establishes standards for the way public business enterprises
report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major
customers. This statement is effective for reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 1997. The Company is currently reviewing the application of
Statement No. 131 and has not determined all segments it may report in the
future.
 
    In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
("AICPA") issued Statement of Position 98-1 ACCOUNTING FOR THE COSTS OF COMPUTER
SOFTWARE DEVELOPED OR OBTAINED FOR INTERNAL USE ("SOP 98-1"), which will become
effective for financial statements for the calendar year 1999, with early
adoption encouraged. SOP 98-1 requires the capitalization of eligible costs of
specified activities related to computer
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company is assessing how
the capitalization of these costs, which are currently expensed by the Company,
will affect its earnings, liquidity, or capital resources. Management does not
believe the impact of adoption will be material.
 
    In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES. Statement
No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
activities. It requires the recognition of all derivatives in the statement of
financial position as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.
In addition, a special hedge accounting should only be provided for transactions
that meet certain specified criteria. This statement is effective for reporting
periods beginning after June 15, 1999. The adoption of Statement No. 133 is not
expected to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of
operations of the Company.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    LOAN PORTFOLIO
 
    Total loans aggregated $385.0 million at September 30, 1998, an increase of
$59.2 million or 18.2% from $325.8 million at September 30, 1997. This increase
is primarily attributable to increases in commercial and industrial loans. The
following table summarizes the loan portfolio of the Company by type of loan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                1998                   1997
                                                                        ---------------------  ---------------------
                                                                          AMOUNT     PERCENT     AMOUNT     PERCENT
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Commercial and industrial.............................................  $  238,790      61.34% $  173,386      52.59%
Real estate mortgage
  Residential.........................................................      12,853       3.30      11,566       3.51
  Commercial..........................................................      89,955      23.11     106,357      32.26
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                           102,808      26.41     117,923      35.77
Real estate construction
  Residential.........................................................      11,672       3.00       7,027       2.13
  Commercial..........................................................      15,040       3.86      15,334       4.65
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                            26,712       6.86      22,361       6.78
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Consumer and other....................................................      11,043       2.84      10,158       3.08
Factored receivables..................................................       9,927       2.55       5,867       1.78
                                                                        ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Gross loans...........................................................     389,280     100.00%    329,695     100.00%
                                                                                    ---------              ---------
                                                                                    ---------              ---------
Less: unearned discounts, interest and deferred fees..................      (4,257)                (3,918)
                                                                        ----------             ----------
  Total loans.........................................................  $  385,023             $  325,777
                                                                        ----------             ----------
                                                                        ----------             ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Each of the following principal lines of business is an outgrowth of the
Company's expertise in meeting the particular needs of the small and
medium-sized businesses and consumers in the Asian and Hispanic communities:
 
    COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS.  The primary lending focus of the Company
is to small and medium-sized businesses in a wide variety of industries. The
Company's commercial lending emphasis includes loans to wholesalers,
manufacturers and business service companies. A broad range of short and
medium-term commercial lending products are made available to businesses for
working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), purchases of
equipment and machinery and business expansion (including acquisitions of real
estate and improvements). Generally, the Company's commercial loans are
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
underwritten on the basis of the borrower's ability to service such debt as
reflected by cash flow projections. Commercial loans are generally secured by
business assets, which may include accounts receivable and inventory,
certificates of deposit, securities, real estate, guarantees or other
collateral. The Company also generally obtains personal guarantees from the
principals of the business. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized
by short-term assets, whereas term loans are primarily collateralized by
long-term assets. As a result, commercial loans involve additional complexities,
variables and risks and require more thorough underwriting and servicing than
other types of loans. Indigenous to individuals in the Asian business community
is the desire to own the building and land which houses their businesses.
Accordingly, while a loan may be principally driven and classified by the type
of business operated, real estate is frequently the primary source of
collateral. As of September 30, 1998, approximately $101.5 million or 42.5% of
the commercial and industrial loan portfolio was secured by real estate. The
Company continually monitors real estate value trends and takes into
consideration changes in market trends in its underwriting standards. Commercial
loans are generally for amounts between $10,000 and $250,000, and as of
September 30, 1998, the average commercial loan amount was $150,000. As of
September 30, 1998, the Company's commercial and industrial loan portfolio
totaled $238.8 million or 61.3% of the gross loan portfolio. At that date, the
Company had a concentration of loans to hotels and motels of $57.6 million.
Hotel and motel lending was originally targeted by the Company because of
management's particular expertise in this industry and a perception that it was
an under-served market. More recently, the Company has decreased its emphasis in
hotel and motel lending in order to further diversify its portfolio.
 
    COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS.  In addition to commercial loans, the Company
makes commercial mortgage loans to finance the purchase of real property, which
generally consists of developed real estate. The Company's commercial mortgage
loans are secured by first liens on real estate, typically have variable rates
and amortize over a 15 to 20 year period with balloon payments due at the end of
five to seven years. Payments on loans secured by such properties are often
dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties.
Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in
the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of
loans. In underwriting commercial mortgage loans, consideration is given to the
property's historical cash flow, current and projected occupancy, location and
physical condition. The underwriting analysis also includes credit checks,
appraisals, environmental impact reports and a review of the financial condition
of the borrower. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had a commercial mortgage
portfolio of $90.0 million.
 
    CONSTRUCTION LOANS.  The Company makes loans to finance the construction of
residential and non-residential properties. The substantial majority of the
Company's residential construction loans are for single-family dwellings which
are pre-sold or are under earnest money contract. The Company also originates
loans to finance the construction of commercial properties such as multi-family,
office, industrial, warehouse and retail centers. Construction loans involve
additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the
security of a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value
prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating
construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of
governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to accurately
evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to
value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often
involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in
part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a
borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose
on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will be
able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, the Company
may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to
hold the property for an indeterminable period of time. While the Company has
underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable
levels of risks in construction lending, no assurance can be given that these
procedures will prevent losses from the risks described above. As of September
30, 1998, the Company had a real estate construction portfolio of $26.7 million,
of which $11.7 million was residential and $15.0 million was commercial.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE BROKERAGE AND LENDING.  The Company uses its existing
branch network to offer a complete line of single-family residential mortgage
products through third party mortgage companies. The Company specializes in
mortgages that conform with government sponsored programs, such as those offered
by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") and the Houston Housing
Partnership. The residential mortgage products generally amortize over five to
15 years and usually have a maximum term of five years. The Company solicits and
receives a fee to process these residential mortgage loans, which are then
pre-sold to and underwritten by third party mortgage companies. The Company does
not fund or service these loans. The volume of residential mortgage loans
processed by the Company and presold to third party mortgage companies has
increased from $12.0 million in 1997 to $17.3 million during the nine month
period ended on September 30, 1998. Since the Company does not fund these loans,
there is no risk of nonpayment to the Company. The Company also makes five to
seven year balloon residential mortgage loans with a 15 year amortization to its
existing customers on a select basis, which are retained in the Company's
portfolio. Residential mortgage collections are dependent on the borrower's
continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely
affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. At September 30,
1998, the Company's residential mortgage portfolio totaled $12.9 million.
 
    GOVERNMENT GUARANTEED SMALL BUSINESS LENDING.  The Company has developed an
expertise in several government guaranteed lending programs in order to provide
credit enhancement to its commercial and industrial and mortgage portfolio. As a
Preferred Lender under the federally guaranteed SBA lending program, the
Company's preapproved status allows it to quickly respond to customers' needs.
Under this program, the Company originates and funds SBA 7-A and 504 chapter
loans qualifying for federal guarantees of 75% to 90% of principal and accrued
interest. Depending upon prevailing market conditions, the Company may sell the
guaranteed portion of these loans into the secondary market with servicing
retained. The Company specializes in SBA loans to minority-owned businesses.
Over the last six years, the Company has originated over $100.0 million in SBA
guaranteed loans. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had $37.4 million in the
retained portion of SBA loans, approximately $17.6 million of which was
guaranteed by the SBA. For each of the last five years, the Company has been the
second largest SBA loan originator in Houston in terms of dollar volume. SBA
loan originations for the nine month period ended September 30, 1998 were $24.4
million, an increase of $10.1 million from $14.3 million for the first nine
months of 1997. Another source of government guaranteed lending is B&I Loans
which are secured by the U.S. Department of Agriculture and are available to
borrowers in areas with a population of less than 50,000. The Company also
offers guaranteed loans through the OCCGF, which is sponsored by the government
of Taiwan.
 
    FACTORING.  In 1994, the Company established an accounts receivable
factoring subsidiary, Advantage, to provide financing to small and medium-sized
businesses that have accounts receivable from predominantly Fortune 1,000
companies. In factoring receivables, Advantage relies heavily on the quality of
the client's accounts receivable and the financial strength of the client's
customers, who typically make their payments directly to a lockbox controlled by
Advantage. As a result, these transactions are subject to risks relating to
disputes between the Company's client and its customers in instances where the
customer refuses to make payment. Advantage's clients are typically businesses
that are experiencing rapid growth and have an increased demand for working
capital, usually with annual sales between $1.0 million and $25.0 million.
Advantage's volume of purchases has grown steadily since 1995, its first full
year of operations, from $14.5 million in short-term (usually 30 day) accounts
receivable to $51.3 million during 1997, an increase of 253.8%. Purchased
receivables through the first nine months of 1998 totaled $58.5 million. At
September 30, 1998, factored receivables outstanding totaled $9.9 million,
compared with $2.1 million at December 31, 1995. In addition to enhancing
profitability, many of the customers obtained through these efforts have
established more traditional banking relationships with the Company.
 
    TRADE FINANCE.  Since its inception in 1987, the Company has originated
trade finance loans and letters of credit to facilitate export and import
transactions for small and medium-sized businesses. In this capacity, the
Company has worked with the Ex-Im Bank, an agency of the U.S. government which
provides
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
guarantees for trade finance loans. In 1998, the Company was named Small
Business Bank of the Year by the Ex-Im Bank, and it was the largest Ex-Im Bank
producer in the State of Texas. Trade finance credit facilities rely heavily on
the quality of the business customer's accounts receivable and the ability to
perform the underlying transaction which, if monitored and controlled properly,
limits the financial risks to the Company associated with this short-term
financing. To mitigate the risk of nonpayment, the Company generally obtains a
governmental guaranty or credit insurance from a governmental agency such as the
Ex-Im Bank. At September 30, 1998, the Company's aggregate trade finance
portfolio commitments totaled approximately $8.8 million.
 
    The Company offers a wide variety of loan products to retail customers
through its branch network in Houston and Dallas. Loans to retail customers
include residential mortgage loans, residential construction loans, automobile
loans, lines of credit and other personal loans. The terms and size of these
loans typically range from 12 to 60 months depending on the nature of the
collateral and the size of the loan.
 
    The Company extends credit for the purpose of establishing long-term
relationships with its customers. The Company mitigates the risks inherent in
lending by focusing on businesses and individuals with demonstrated payment
history, historically favorable profitability trends and stable cash flows. In
addition to these primary sources of repayment, the Company looks to tangible
collateral and personal guarantees as secondary sources of repayment. Lending
officers are provided with detailed underwriting policies covering all lending
activities in which the Company is engaged and that require all lenders to
obtain appropriate approvals for the extension of credit. The Company also
maintains documentation requirements and extensive credit quality assurance
practices in order to identify credit portfolio weaknesses as early as possible
so any exposures that are discovered may be reduced.
 
    Inherent in all lending is the risk of nonpayment. The types of collateral
required, the terms of the loans and the underwriting practices discussed under
each category above are all designed to minimize the risk of nonpayment. In
addition, as further risk protection, the Company rarely makes loans at its
legal lending limit. Although the Company's legal loan limit is $6.1 million,
the Company generally does not make loans larger than $3.0 million. Loans are
approved by lending officers and the Directors Credit Committee pursuant to a
lending authorization schedule delegated by the Directors Credit Committee which
is based on each loan officer's credit experience and portfolio. Control systems
and procedures are in place to ensure all loans are approved in accordance with
credit policies. The Company's policies and procedures designed to minimize the
risk of nonpayment with respect to outstanding loans are discussed under
"--Financial Condition--Nonperforming Assets."
 
    At September 30, 1998, the Company had gross loan concentrations (greater
than 25% of capital) in the following industries:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             AS OF SEPTEMBER
                                                                                 30, 1998
                                                                            ------------------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>
Hotels/motels.............................................................      $   57,640
Retail centers............................................................          46,123
Restaurants...............................................................          20,613
Apartment buildings.......................................................          15,515
Convenience/gasoline stations.............................................           9,703
</TABLE>
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    The contractual maturity ranges of the commercial and industrial and real
estate portfolio and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates
and floating rates in each maturity range as of September 30, 1998 are
summarized in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 AFTER
                                                                   ONE YEAR   ONE THROUGH      AFTER
                                                                    OR LESS    FIVE YEARS   FIVE YEARS     TOTAL
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>
Commercial and industrial........................................  $  57,206   $  123,745    $  57,839   $  238,790
Real estate mortgage
  Residential....................................................      1,251        5,753        5,849       12,853
  Commercial.....................................................     11,681       71,238        7,036       89,955
Real estate construction
  Residential....................................................      7,527        4,145           --       11,672
  Commercial.....................................................        456        7,573        7,011       15,040
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
    Total........................................................  $  78,121   $  212,454    $  77,735   $  368,310
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
 
Loans with a predetermined interest rate.........................  $  29,077   $   42,092    $  13,090   $   84,259
Loans with a floating interest rate..............................     49,044      170,362       64,645      284,051
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
    Total........................................................  $  78,121   $  212,454    $  77,735   $  368,310
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
                                                                   ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    NONPERFORMING ASSETS
 
    The Company believes that it has procedures in place to maintain a high
quality loan portfolio. These procedures include the approval of lending
policies and underwriting guidelines by the Board of Directors, review by an
independent internal loan review department, quarterly review by an independent
outside loan review company, Directors Credit Committee approval for large
credit relationships and loan documentation procedures. The loan review
department reports credit risk grade changes on a monthly basis to management
and the Board of Directors. The Company performs monthly and quarterly
concentration analyses based on industries, collateral types, business lines,
large credit sizes and officer portfolio loads. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing
pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.
 
    The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing
interest when, in the opinion of management, full payment of loan principal or
interest is in doubt. All loans past due 90 days are placed on nonaccrual status
unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Cash
payments received while a loan is classified as nonaccrual are recorded as a
reduction of principal as long as significant doubt exists as to collection of
the principal. Otherwise, interest is recognized on a cash basis. In addition to
nonaccrual loans, the Company evaluates on an ongoing basis additional loans
which are potential problem loans as to risk exposure in determining the
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
 
    The Company updates appraisals on loans secured by real estate when loans
are renewed, prior to foreclosure and at other times as necessary, particularly
in problem loan situations. In instances where updated appraisals reflect
reduced collateral values, an evaluation of the borrower's overall financial
condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible write downs or
appropriate additions to the allowance for loan losses. The Company records
other real estate at fair value at the time of acquisition, less estimated costs
to sell.
 
    Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans, loans contractually past due 90 days
or more and other real estate loans and foreclosed properties) decreased from
$4.8 million at September 30, 1997 to $3.4 million at September 30, 1998. The
decrease was primarily comprised of a $1.6 million decrease in other real
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
estate, partially offset by an increase in nonaccrual loans of $303,000.
Nonaccrual loans increased primarily due to three loans added during 1998
aggregating $991,000. This amount was partially offset by a $618,000 real estate
loan, which was sold immediately after foreclosure. Other real estate decreased
significantly from $2.2 million to $575,000 primarily due to the sale of a
property with a book value of approximately $1.5 million. The Company had no
restructured loans as of September 30, 1998 or September 30, 1997.
 
    The following table presents information regarding nonperforming assets at
September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                            --------------------
                                                                              1998       1997
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                 THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Nonaccrual loans..........................................................  $   2,705  $   2,402
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due...................................        147        210
Other real estate.........................................................        575      2,160
                                                                            ---------  ---------
  Total nonperforming assets..............................................  $   3,427  $   4,772
                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                            ---------  ---------
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate.................       0.89%      1.46%
Nonperforming assets to total assets......................................       0.62%      0.97%
</TABLE>
 
    The Company would have recorded additional interest income of approximately
$125,000 in the first nine months of 1998 on nonaccrual loans if the loans had
been current in accordance with original terms. At September 30, 1998,
management was not aware of any loans not currently classified as nonaccrual or
90 days past due but which may be so classified in the near future because of
concerns over the borrower's ability to comply with repayment terms.
 
    ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in
the form of a provision for loan losses. Management has established an allowance
for loan losses which it believes is adequate for estimated losses inherent in
the Company's loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio,
management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for loan losses to the
Company's Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the
last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In
making its evaluation, management considers the diversification by industry of
the Company's commercial loan portfolio, the effect of changes in the local real
estate market on collateral values, the results of recent regulatory
examinations, the effects on the loan portfolio of current economic indicators
and their probable impact on borrowers, the amount of charge-offs for the
period, the amount of nonperforming loans and related collateral security, the
evaluation of its loan portfolio by the loan review function and the annual
examination of the Company's financial statements by its independent
accountants. Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to be uncollectible in
whole or in part.
 
    The Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the
loan portfolio. Through the loan review process, the Company maintains an
internally classified loan list which, along with the delinquency list of loans,
helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Loans classified as "substandard" are
those loans with clear and defined weaknesses such as a highly-leveraged
position, unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor
financial condition, which may jeopardize recoverability of the debt. Loans
classified as "doubtful" are those loans which have characteristics similar to
substandard loans but with an increased risk that a loss may occur, or at least
a portion of the loan may require a charge-off if liquidated at present.
Although loans classified as substandard do not duplicate loans classified as
doubtful, both substandard and doubtful loans include some loans that are
delinquent at least 30 days or on nonaccrual status. Loans classified as "loss"
are those loans which are in the process of being charged off.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    In addition to the internally classified loan list and delinquency list of
loans, the Company maintains a separate "watch list" which further aids the
Company in monitoring loan portfolios. Watch list loans show warning elements
where the present status portrays one or more deficiencies that require
attention in the short term or where pertinent ratios of the loan account have
weakened to a point where more frequent monitoring is warranted. These loans do
not have all of the characteristics of a classified loan (substandard or
doubtful) but do show weakened elements compared with those of a satisfactory
credit. The Company reviews these loans to assist in assessing the adequacy of
the allowance for loan losses.
 
    In order to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses,
management considers the risk classification or delinquency status of loans and
other factors, such as collateral value, portfolio composition, trends in
economic conditions and the financial strength of borrowers. Management
establishes specific allowances for loans which management believes require
reserves greater than those allocated according to their classification or
delinquent status. The Company then charges to operations a provision for loan
losses to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an adequate level determined
by the foregoing methodology.
 
    For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, net loan charge-offs totaled
$367,000 or 0.1% of average loans compared with $541,000 or 0.2% of average
loans for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. During the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.5
million compared with $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997.
At September 30, 1998, the allowance totaled $5.7 million, or 1.5% of total
loans resulting in an allowance to nonperforming loans of 200.6%.
 
    Beginning in December 1996, in accordance with the AICPA's Audit and
Accounting Guide for Banks and Savings Institutions, the Company allocates the
allowance for loan losses according to management's assessments of risk inherent
in the portfolio.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses
and other related data:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ---------------------
                                                      1998         1997
                                                    --------     --------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN
                                                         THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
Average loans outstanding.........................  $360,107     $301,761
                                                    --------     --------
                                                    --------     --------
Total loans outstanding at end of period..........  $385,023     $325,777
                                                    --------     --------
                                                    --------     --------
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of
  period..........................................  $  3,569     $  2,141
Provision for loan losses.........................     2,520        1,504
Charge-offs:
  Commercial and industrial.......................      (222)        (229)
  Real estate - mortgage..........................      (114)          --
  Real estate - construction......................        --           --
  Consumer and other..............................      (160)        (483)
                                                    --------     --------
    Total charge-offs.............................      (496)        (712)
                                                    --------     --------
Recoveries:
  Commercial and industrial.......................        70          145
  Real estate - mortgage..........................        17           --
  Real estate - construction......................        16           --
  Consumer and other..............................        26           26
                                                    --------     --------
    Total recoveries..............................       129          171
                                                    --------     --------
Net loan charge-offs..............................      (367)        (541)
                                                    --------     --------
Allowance for loan losses at end of period........  $  5,722     $  3,104
                                                    --------     --------
                                                    --------     --------
Ratio of allowance to end of period total loans...      1.49%        0.95%
Ratio of net loan charge-offs to average loans....      0.10         0.18
Ratio of allowance to end of period nonperforming
  loans...........................................    200.63       118.84
</TABLE>
 
    The following table describes the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses among various categories of loans and certain other information. The
allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of
the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is
available to absorb losses from any segment of the credit portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                                               1998                      1997
                                                                     ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                                 PERCENT OF                PERCENT OF
                                                                                  LOANS TO                  LOANS TO
                                                                      AMOUNT     GROSS LOANS    AMOUNT     GROSS LOANS
                                                                     ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------
                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Balance of allowance for loan losses applicable to:
  Commercial and industrial........................................  $   3,356        61.34%   $   1,738        52.59%
  Real estate - mortgage...........................................      1,089        26.41          699        35.77
  Real estate - construction.......................................        137         6.86          118         6.78
  Consumer and other...............................................        385         2.84          204         3.08
  Factored receivables.............................................        507         2.55          255         1.78
  Unallocated......................................................        248           --           90           --
                                                                     ---------       ------    ---------       ------
    Total allowance for loan losses................................  $   5,722       100.00%   $   3,104       100.00%
                                                                     ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                                                     ---------       ------    ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses at September 30,
1998 is adequate to cover losses inherent in the portfolio as of such date.
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will not sustain losses in
future periods which could be substantial in relation to the size of the
allowance at September 30, 1998.
 
    SECURITIES
 
    The Company uses its securities portfolio primarily as a source of income
and secondarily as a source of liquidity. At September 30, 1998, investment
securities totaled $129.6 million, an increase of $11.5 million from $118.1
million at September 30, 1997. At September 30, 1998, investment securities
represented 23.5% of total assets compared with 23.9% of total assets at
September 30, 1997. The yield on the investment portfolio for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998 was 6.3% compared with a yield of 6.4% for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997.
 
    The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115,
ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES. At the date of
purchase, the Company is required to classify debt and equity securities into
one of three categories: held-to-maturity, trading or available-for-sale. At
each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed.
Investments in debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and measured
at amortized cost in the financial statements only if management has the
positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. The Company
does not have a trading account. Investments not classified as either
held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available-for-sale and measured at
fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses
reported, net of tax, as a component of other comprehensive income in
shareholders' equity until realized.
 
    The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of investment
securities at amortized cost (including federal funds sold and other temporary
investments) and their weighted average yields. No tax-equivalent adjustments
were made.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              AFTER ONE                 AFTER FIVE
                                                               YEAR BUT                 YEARS BUT
                                      WITHIN                    WITHIN                    WITHIN                    AFTER
                                     ONE YEAR                 FIVE YEARS                TEN YEARS                 TEN YEARS
                             ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
                               AMOUNT        YIELD       AMOUNT        YIELD       AMOUNT        YIELD       AMOUNT        YIELD
                             -----------     -----     -----------     -----     -----------     -----     -----------     -----
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities...   $      --           --%   $   1,983         6.17%   $      --           --%   $      --           --%
U.S. Government agency
  securities...............          --         5.90       22,672         6.36       35,861         6.62       46,223         6.58
Municipal securities.......          --           --        2,686         4.72       11,263         5.01        3,722         5.41
Federal funds sold.........       7,265         6.11           --           --           --           --           --           --
Temporary investments......       1,008         6.50           --           --           --           --           --           --
Other securities...........       3,104         6.00           --           --           --           --          529         5.89
                             -----------         ---   -----------         ---   -----------         ---   -----------         ---
  Total securities.........   $  11,377         6.11%   $  27,341         6.19%   $  47,124         6.24%   $  50,474         6.49%
                             -----------         ---   -----------         ---   -----------         ---   -----------         ---
                             -----------         ---   -----------         ---   -----------         ---   -----------         ---
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                     TOTAL
                             ----------------------
                              AMOUNT       YIELD
                             ---------     -----
 
<S>                          <C>        <C>
U.S. Treasury securities...  $   1,983        6.17%
U.S. Government agency
  securities...............    104,756        6.55
Municipal securities.......     17,671        5.05
Federal funds sold.........      7,265        6.11
Temporary investments......      1,008        6.50
Other securities...........      3,633        5.98
                             ---------         ---
  Total securities.........  $ 136,316        6.31%
                             ---------         ---
                             ---------         ---
</TABLE>
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the amortized cost of securities classified as
available-for-sale and their approximate fair values at September 30, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     GROSS         GROSS
                                                                      AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                                        COST         GAIN          LOSS         VALUE
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -------------  ---------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
U.S. Treasury securities...........................................   $   1,983    $      92     $      --    $   2,075
U.S. Government agency securities..................................      54,660          921           (52)      55,529
Municipal securities...............................................      10,301          616            --       10,917
Other securities...................................................       3,633           --            --        3,633
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
  Total securities.................................................   $  70,577    $   1,629     $     (52)   $  72,154
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table presents the amortized cost of securities classified as
held-to-maturity and their approximate fair values at September 30, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     GROSS         GROSS
                                                                      AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED      FAIR
                                                                        COST         GAIN          LOSS         VALUE
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -------------  ---------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
U.S. Government agency securities..................................   $  50,096    $     927     $     (39)   $  50,984
Municipal securities...............................................       7,370          296            --        7,666
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
  Total securities.................................................   $  57,466    $   1,223     $     (39)   $  58,650
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    U.S. Government agency securities include mortgage-backed securities which
have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and are
principally issued by federal agencies such as the FNMA and the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage Corporation. These securities are deemed to have high credit
ratings, and certain minimum levels of regular monthly cash flows of principal
and interest are guaranteed by the issuing agencies. Included in the Company's
mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 1998 were $1.8 million in
agency-issued collateral mortgage obligations.
 
    At September 30, 1998, 56.0% of the mortgage-backed securities held by the
Company had final maturities of more than ten years. However, unlike U.S.
Treasury and U.S. Government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at
maturity, mortgage-backed securities provide cash flows from regular principal
and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the lives of the
securities. Mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will
generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates drop because homeowners
tend to refinance their mortgages. Thus, the premium paid must be amortized over
a shorter period. Therefore, securities purchased at a discount will obtain
higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment. As interest rates
rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period of increasing
interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience
heavy prepayments of principal and consequently, the average life of this
security will not be unduly shortened. Approximately $10.3 million of the
Company's mortgage-backed securities earn interest at floating rates and reprice
within one year, and accordingly are less susceptible to declines in value
should interest rates increase.
 
    DERIVATIVES
 
    At September 30 1998, the Company did not have any off-balance sheet
derivative contracts outstanding. However, the securities portfolio did contain
some securities with options callable by the issuers. In a declining interest
rate environment, the likelihood that these options will be called may increase.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    DEPOSITS
 
    The Company's lending and investing activities are funded principally by
deposits, approximately 42.1% of which were demand, savings and money market
deposits at September 30, 1998. Average noninterest-bearing deposits at
September 30, 1998 were $77.9 million compared with $62.1 million for the first
nine months of 1997, an increase of $15.8 million or 25.4%. Approximately 16.4%
of average deposits for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 were
noninterest-bearing. The amount of deposits grew due to the opening of new
branches and the sale of certificates of deposit in established branches. The
Company's average total deposits for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
were $474.8 million or 16.3% over average total deposits during the same period
in 1997. The Company's total deposits at September 30, 1998, were $479.6
million, up $47.1 million or 10.9% over total deposits at September 30, 1997.
 
    As part of its effort to cross-sell its products and services, the Company
actively solicits time deposits from existing customers. In addition, the
Company receives time deposits from government municipalities and utility
districts as well as from corporations seeking to place deposits in
minority-owned businesses, such as the Company. These time deposits generally
renew at maturity and have provided a stable base of time deposits. Unlike other
financial institutions, where large time deposits are often considered volatile,
the Company believes that based on its historical experience its large time
deposits have core-type characteristics. It has been the Company's experience
that, generally, Asian customers and customers near retirement age have a higher
proportion of savings in time deposits than in other investment vehicles because
of the security provided by FDIC insurance. In pricing its time deposits, the
Company seeks to be competitive but generally prices near the middle of a given
market. Of the $132.1 million of time deposits greater than $100,000 at
September 30, 1998, accounts totaling $73.1 million have been with the Company
longer than one year.
 
    The daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on
interest-bearing deposits for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 are
presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                        ---------------------
                                                                          AMOUNT      RATE
                                                                        ----------  ---------
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN
                                                                             THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Interest-bearing deposits:
  Money market checking...............................................  $   29,668       2.60%
  Savings and money market deposits...................................      88,679       3.74
  Time deposits less than $100,000....................................     155,781       5.41
  Time deposits $100,000 and over.....................................     122,727       5.71
                                                                        ----------
      Total interest-bearing deposits.................................     396,855       4.92
Noninterest-bearing deposits..........................................      77,918         --
                                                                        ----------
      Total deposits..................................................  $  474,773       4.11%
                                                                        ----------        ---
                                                                        ----------        ---
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth the amount of the Company's time deposits
that are $100,000 or greater by time remaining until maturity:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                1998
                                                                       -----------------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>
Three months or less.................................................        $    41,373
Over three through six months........................................             27,332
Over six through 12 months...........................................             44,899
Over 12 months.......................................................             18,498
                                                                                --------
      Total..........................................................        $   132,102
                                                                                --------
                                                                                --------
</TABLE>
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    OTHER BORROWINGS
 
    During the third quarter of 1998, the Company obtained two ten-year loans
totaling $25.0 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Dallas to
further leverage its balance sheet. The loans bear interest at the average rate
of 5.0% per annum until the fifth anniversary of the loans, at which time the
loans may be repaid or the interest rate may be renegotiated. Other short-term
borrowings principally consist of U.S. Treasury tax note option accounts and
have a maturity of 14 days or less.
 
    The following table presents the categories of other borrowings:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                                1998       1997
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:
  on September 30...........................................................................  $      --  $      --
  average during the period.................................................................        989        989
  maximum month-end balance during the period...............................................      5,000      5,000
FHLB notes:
  on September 30...........................................................................  $  25,000  $  15,900
  average during the period.................................................................      8,519     14,802
  maximum month-end balance during the period...............................................     25,000     18,800
Other short-term borrowings:
  on September 30...........................................................................  $     430  $     543
  average during the period.................................................................        497        622
  maximum month-end balance during the period...............................................        646        664
</TABLE>
 
    Additionally, the Company has several unused lines of credit with
correspondent banks totaling $7.0 million at September 30, 1998.
 
    INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY AND LIQUIDITY
 
    The Company's Funds Management Policy provides management with the necessary
guidelines for effective funds management, and the Company has established a
measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate sensitivity position.
The Company manages its sensitivity position within established guidelines.
 
    Interest rate risk is managed by the Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO")
which is composed of directors and senior officers of the Company, in accordance
with policies approved by the Company's Board of Directors. The ALCO formulates
strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the
appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO considers the impact on
earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes
in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other
factors. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity
of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values
of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale
activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and
borrowings. Additionally, the Rate Committee reviews liquidity, cash flow
flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit
activity. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (i) an
analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model. The Company has
traditionally managed its business to reduce its overall exposure to changes in
interest rates, however, under current policies of the Company's Board of
Directors, management has been given some latitude to increase the Company's
interest rate sensitivity position within certain limits if, in management's
judgment, it will enhance profitability. As a result, changes in market interest
rates may have a greater impact on the Company's financial performance in the
future than they have had historically.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    The Company manages its exposure to interest rates by structuring its
balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. The Company has not entered
into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, structured notes, interest rate
swaps, caps, floors, financial options, financial futures contracts or forward
delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk.
 
    An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined
time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with
general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed
by analyzing the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time ("GAP") and
by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over
specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the mix of assets and
liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity
reflects the potential effect on net interest income of a movement in interest
rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or having a positive GAP,
when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a
given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also
maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is
considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative GAP, when the amount
of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period
exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing
within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative
GAP would tend to affect adversely net interest income, while a positive GAP
would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of
falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in
net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest
income adversely.
 
    The following table sets forth an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the
Company at September 30, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  VOLUMES SUBJECT TO REPRICING WITHIN
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               GREATER
                                       0-30        31-180       180-365        1-3         3-5        5-10     THAN 10
                                       DAYS         DAYS          DAYS        YEARS       YEARS      YEARS      YEARS      TOTAL
                                     ---------   -----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Securities.......................  $  18,695   $     7,681   $    7,913   $   22,284   $ 21,436   $ 21,784   $29,827    $129,620
  Total loans......................    257,001        63,531       19,537       28,965     10,780      5,010       199     385,023
  Federal funds sold and other
    temporary investments..........      8,273            --           --           --         --         --        --       8,273
                                     ---------   -----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total interest-earning assets....    283,969        71,212       27,450       51,249     32,216   $ 26,794   $30,026     522,916
                                     ---------   -----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand, money market and savings
    deposits.......................         --        48,421       24,210       48,420         --         --        --     121,051
  Time deposits....................     43,877       114,566       89,775       27,577      2,140         --        --     277,935
  Other borrowings.................        430            --           --           --                25,000        --      25,430
                                     ---------   -----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total interest-bearing
    liabilities....................     44,307       162,987      113,985       75,997      2,140     25,000        --     424,416
                                     ---------   -----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Period GAP.......................  $ 239,662   $   (91,775)  $  (86,535)  $  (24,748)  $ 30,076   $  1,794   $30,026    $ 98,500
  Cumulative GAP...................    239,662       147,887       61,352       36,604     66,680     68,474    98,500
  Period GAP to total assets.......      43.48%       (16.65)%     (15.70)%      (4.49)%     5.46%      0.33%     5.45%
  Cumulative GAP to total assets...      43.48%        26.83%       11.13%        6.64%     12.10%     12.42%    17.87%
  Cumulative interest-earning
    assets to cumulative
    interest-bearing liabilities...     640.91%       171.34%      119.10%      109.21%    116.69%    116.13%   123.21%
</TABLE>
 
   
    The preceding table provides Company management with repricing data within
given time frames. The purpose of this information is to assist management in
the elements of pricing and of matching interest sensitive assets with interest
sensitive liabilities within time frames. The table indicates a positive GAP on
a cumulative basis for the three time periods covering the next 365 days of
$239.7 million, $147.9 million and $61.4 million, respectively. With this
condition, the Company is susceptible to a
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
decrease in net interest income should market interest rates decrease. The
Company is aware of this imbalance and has initiated strategies to lower the
positive GAP by emphasizing the origination of fixed rate loans while shortening
the terms of fixed rate liability products. GAP reflects a one-day position that
is continually changing and is not indicative of the Company's position at any
other time. While the GAP position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate
risk and contributes toward effective asset and liability management, it is
difficult to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on that
measure, without accounting for alterations in the maturity or repricing
characteristics of the balance sheet that occur during changes in market
interest rates. For example, the GAP position reflects only the prepayment
assumptions pertaining to the current rate environment. Assets tend to prepay
more rapidly during periods of declining interest rates than during periods of
rising interest rates. Because of this and other risk factors not contemplated
by the GAP position, an institution could have a matched GAP position in the
current rate environment and still have its net interest income exposed to
increased rate risk. The Company's Rate Committee and the ALCO review the
Company's interest rate risk position on a weekly and monthly basis,
respectively.
 
    As a financial institution, the Company's primary component of market risk
is interest rate volatility, primarily in the prime lending rate. Fluctuations
in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense
recorded on most of the Company's assets and liabilities, and the market value
of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than
those which have a short term to maturity. Based upon the nature of the
Company's operations, the Company is not subject to foreign exchange or
commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets.
 
    The Company's exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the
ALCO. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future
interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of
future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The
objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the
balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing
income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent, and that the goal is to
identify, monitor and accept the risks.
 
    The Company applies an economic value of equity ("EVE") methodology to gauge
its interest rate risk exposure as derived from its simulation model. Generally,
EVE is the discounted present value of the difference between incoming cash
flows on interest-earning assets and other investments and outgoing cash flows
on interest-bearing liabilities. The application of the methodology attempts to
quantify interest rate risk by measuring the change in the EVE that would result
from a theoretical instantaneous and sustained 200 basis point shift in market
interest rates.
 
    Presented below, as of September 30, 1998, is an analysis of the Company's
interest rate risk as measured by changes in EVE for parallel shifts of 200
basis points in market interest rates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      EVE AS A % OF
                                                                 PRESENT VALUE OF ASSETS
                    $ CHANGE IN EVE                      ----------------------------------------
 CHANGE IN RATES    (IN THOUSANDS)     % CHANGE IN EVE         EVE RATIO             CHANGE
- -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                <C>                <C>                <C>                    <C>
     -200 bp           $     815                1.90%               7.79%             10 bp
        0 bp                  --                  --                7.69%              --
     +200 bp              (7,904)             (18.39)%              6.41%           (130) bp
</TABLE>
 
    The percentage change in EVE as a result of a 200 basis point decrease in
interest rates at September 30, 1998 was 1.90% compared with 5.37% as of
December 31, 1997. The percentage change in EVE as a result of a 200 basis point
increase in interest rates on September 30, 1998 of (18.39%) was substantially
less than the (26.45%) change as of December 31, 1997.
 
    The Company has attempted to narrow the bands of extremes in the investment
portfolio's performance acknowledging that some earnings opportunities must be
allowed to pass in the interest of minimizing extreme losses during periods of
volatile interest rates. The current interest rate environment has caused
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
increased prepayment speeds in the Company's mortgage-backed securities as well
as accelerating call activity in U.S. Government agency fixed income securities.
As a result of a shift in investment philosophy combined with calls and
increased prepayments, management has been able to restructure the portfolio and
reduce the negative convexity.
 
    The Company's EVE is most directly affected by the convexity and duration of
its investment portfolio. The duration and negative convexity of the Company's
investment portfolio produce disproportionate effects on the value of the
portfolio with changes in interest rates. Convexity measures the percentage of
portfolio price appreciation or depreciation relative to a decrease or increase
in interest rates. The higher the negative convexity, the greater the decline in
the value of a fixed income security as interest rates increase. The Company's
investment portfolio is primarily comprised of long-term, fixed income
securities, the value of which would be adversely affected in a rising interest
rate environment.
 
    The prime rate in effect for both December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1998
was 8.5%. Since September 30, 1998 the prime rate has dropped to 7.75% and
management believes that in the short term the prime rate will remain relatively
stable.
 
    Management believes that the EVE methodology overcomes three shortcomings of
the typical maturity GAP methodology. First, it does not use arbitrary repricing
intervals and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because the
EVE method projects cash flows of each financial instrument under different
interest rate environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on
an institution's interest rate risk exposure. Third, it allows interest rates on
different instruments to change by varying amounts in response to a change in
market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of cash flows.
 
    As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, however, there are certain
shortcomings inherent to the EVE methodology. The model assumes interest rate
changes are instantaneous parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality, rate
changes are rarely instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that
short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate
historical rate patterns, which rarely show parallel yield curve shifts.
Further, the model assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar
maturity or repricing will react identically to changes in rates. In reality,
the market value of certain types of financial instruments may adjust in
anticipation of changes in market rates, while any adjustment in the valuation
of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the change in general
market rates. Additionally, the EVE methodology does not reflect the full impact
of contractual restrictions on changes in rates for certain assets, such as
adjustable rate loans. When interest rates change, actual loan prepayments and
actual early withdrawals from time deposits may deviate significantly from the
assumptions used in the model. Finally, this methodology does not measure or
reflect the impact that higher rates may have on the ability of adjustable-rate
loan clients to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in
monitoring the Company's exposure to interest rate risk.
 
    Liquidity involves the Company's ability to raise funds to support asset
growth or reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals and other payment
obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate the
Company on an ongoing basis. The Company's liquidity needs are met primarily by
financing activities, which consist mainly of growth in time deposits,
supplemented by available investment securities held-for-sale, other borrowings
and earnings through operating activities. Although access to purchased funds
from correspondent banks is available and has been utilized on occasion to take
advantage of investment opportunities, the Company does not generally rely on
these external funding sources. The cash and federal funds sold position,
supplemented by amortizing investments along with payments and maturities within
the loan portfolio, have historically created an adequate liquidity position.
 
    The Company uses federal funds purchased and other borrowings as funding
sources and in its management of interest rate risk. Federal funds purchased
generally represent overnight borrowings. Other borrowings principally consist
of U.S. Treasury tax note option accounts that have maturities of 14 days or
less and borrowings from the FHLB.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    FHLB advances may be utilized from time to time as either a short-term
funding source or a longer-term funding source. FHLB advances can be
particularly attractive as a longer-term funding source to balance interest rate
sensitivity and reduce interest rate risk. The Company is eligible for two
borrowing programs through the FHLB. The first, called "Short-Term Fixed,"
requires delivery of eligible securities for collateral. Maturities under this
program range from one to 35 days. The Company does not currently have any
borrowings under this program. The Company currently maintains some of its
investment securities in safekeeping at the FHLB of Dallas. At September 30,
1998, the Company had approximately $22.5 million available for pledging.
 
    The second borrowing program, the "Blanket Borrowing Program," is under a
borrowing agreement which does not require the delivery of specific collateral.
Borrowings are limited to a maximum of 75% of the Company's one- to four-family
mortgage loans. At September 30, 1998, the Company had fully utilized the
potential borrowings available under this program.
 
    CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Capital management consists of providing equity to support both current and
future operations. The Company is subject to capital adequacy requirements
imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and the Bank is subject to capital adequacy
requirements imposed by the OCC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC have
adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and
bank capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum
capital requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure,
adjusted for credit risk. The risk-based capital standards currently in effect
are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to
differences in risk profiles among bank holding companies and banks, to account
for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid
assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk
categories, each with appropriate relative risk weights. The resulting capital
ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and
off-balance sheet items.
 
    The risk-based capital standards of the Federal Reserve Board require all
bank holding companies to have "Tier 1 capital" of at least 4.0% and "total
risk-based" capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) of at least 8.0% of total risk-adjusted
assets. "Tier 1 capital" generally includes common shareholders' equity and
qualifying perpetual preferred stock together with related surpluses and
retained earnings, less deductions for goodwill and various other intangibles.
"Tier 2 capital" may consist of a limited amount of intermediate-term preferred
stock, a limited amount of term subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital
instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock not qualifying
as Tier 1 capital, and a limited amount of the general valuation allowance for
loan losses. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is "total risk-based
capital."
 
    The Federal Reserve Board has also adopted guidelines which supplement the
risk-based capital guidelines with a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average
total consolidated assets ("leverage ratio") of 3.0% for institutions with well
diversified risk, including no undue interest rate exposure; excellent asset
quality; high liquidity; good earnings; and that are generally considered to be
strong banking organizations, rated composite 1 under applicable federal
guidelines, and that are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth.
Other banking organizations are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at
least 4.0% to 5.0%. These rules further provide that banking organizations
experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain
capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and
comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on intangible
assets.
 
    Pursuant to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
("FDICIA"), each federal banking agency revised its risk-based capital standards
to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest rate risk,
concentration of credit risk and the risks of nontraditional activities, as well
as reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multifamily
mortgages. The Bank is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the OCC that
are substantially similar to the Federal Reserve
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Board's guidelines. Also pursuant to FDICIA, the OCC has promulgated regulations
setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be
considered "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized,"
"significantly undercapitalized" and "critically undercapitalized." The Bank is
classified "well capitalized" for purposes of the OCC's prompt corrective action
regulations. See "Supervision and Regulation--The Company" and "--The Bank."
 
    Shareholders' equity increased from $30.5 million at December 31, 1997 to
$35.6 million at September 30, 1998, an increase of $5.1 million or 16.7%. This
increase was primarily the result of net income of $4.1 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998.
 
    The following table provides a comparison of the Company's and the Bank's
leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of September 30, 1998 to the
minimum and well capitalized regulatory standards:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ACTUAL
                                                                  RATIO AT
                                      MINIMUM        WELL       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      REQUIRED    CAPITALIZED       1998
                                     ----------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>
THE COMPANY
  Leverage ratio...................    3.00%(1)        N/A           6.39%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital
    ratio..........................    4.00            N/A           8.94
  Risk-based capital ratio.........    8.00            N/A          10.19
THE BANK
  Leverage ratio...................    3.00%(2)       5.00%          6.39%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital
    ratio..........................    4.00           8.00           8.94
  Risk-based capital ratio.........    8.00          10.00          10.19
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage
    ratio of up to 200 basis points above the required minimum.
 
(2) The OCC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio of up to 200 basis
    points above the required minimum.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    GENERAL  The Year 2000 risk involves computer programs and computer software
that are not able to perform without interruption into the Year 2000. If
computer systems do not correctly recognize the date change from December 31,
1999 to January 1, 2000, computer applications that rely on the date field could
fail or create erroneous results. Such erroneous results could affect interest,
payment or due dates or cause the temporary inability to process transactions,
send invoices or engage in similar normal business activities. If these issues
are not addressed by the Company, its suppliers and its borrowers, there could
be a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition or results of
operations.
 
    STATE OF READINESS.  The Company formally initiated its Year 2000 project
and plan in November 1997 to insure that its operational and financial systems
will not be adversely affected by Year 2000 problems. The Company has formed a
Year 2000 project team and the Board of Directors and management are supporting
all compliance efforts and allocating the necessary resources to ensure
completion. An inventory of all systems and products (including both information
technology ("IT") and non-informational technology ("non-IT") systems) that
could be affected by the Year 2000 date change has been developed, verified and
categorized as to its importance to the Company and an assessment of all major
IT and critical non-IT systems has been completed. This assessment involved
inputting into IT systems test data which simulates the Year 2000 date change
and reviewing the system output for accuracy. The Company's assessment of
critical non-IT systems involved reviewing such systems to determine whether
they were date dependent. Based on such assessment, the Company believes that
none of its critical non-IT systems are date dependent. The software for the
Company's systems is provided through service bureaus and software vendors. The
Company has contacted all of its third party vendors and software providers and
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
is requiring them to demonstrate and represent that the products provided are or
will be Year 2000 compliant and has planned a program of testing compliance. The
Company's service bureau, which performs substantially all of the Company's data
processing functions, has warranted in writing that its software is Year 2000
compliant and pursuant to applicable regulatory guidelines, the Company is
currently reviewing the results of user group tests performed by the service
provider to verify this assertion. In addition, the Company has purchased
hardware and core banking application software to perform all functions in-house
beginning in the first half of 1999. The data processing software purchased by
the Company is the same software that is currently used by the Company in its
vendor provided system. The Company's in-house system is scheduled for Year 2000
compliance testing and certification in the first half of 1999. Management
believes the purchase and processing of data in-house will not have a
significant impact on the Company's ability to comply with Year 2000 issues.
 
    Except as discussed above, the Company has completed the following phases of
its Year 2000 plan: (i) recognizing Year 2000 issues, (ii) assessing the impact
of Year 2000 issues on the Company's critical systems and (iii) upgrading
systems as necessary to resolve those Year 2000 issues which have been
identified. The Company is in the final stages of testing and implementing those
systems that have been upgraded.
 
    COSTS OF COMPLIANCE.  Management does not expect the costs of bringing the
Company's systems into Year 2000 compliance will have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. The
Company has budgeted $24,000 to address Year 2000 issues. As of September 30,
1998, the Company has not incurred any significant costs in relation to Year
2000. The largest potential risk to the Company concerning Year 2000 is the
malfunction of its data processing system. In the event its data processing
system does not function properly, the Company is prepared to perform functions
manually. The Company believes it is in compliance with regulatory guidelines
regarding Year 2000 compliance, including the timetable for achieving
compliance.
 
    RISKS RELATED TO THIRD PARTIES.  The impact of Year 2000 noncompliance by
third parties with which the Company transacts business cannot be accurately
gauged. The Company identified its largest dollar deposit (aggregate deposits
over $200,000) and loan ($250,000 or more) customers and, based on information
available to the Company, conducted a preliminary evaluation to determine which
of those customers are likely to be affected by Year 2000 issues. The Company
then surveyed those customers deemed at risk to determine their readiness with
respect to Year 2000 issues, including their awareness of Year 2000 issues,
plans to address such issues and progress with respect to such plans. The survey
included approximately 69.0% of all depositors with balances of $200,000 or
greater, which is approximately 10.0% of the Company's total dollar deposit
base, and all of its borrowers of $250,000 or more, which is approximately 69.0%
of the Company's total dollar loan base. This survey was completed in the third
quarter of 1998. As of the date of this Prospectus, substantially all of the
borrowers with aggregate credit facilities greater than $250,000 and
approximately 57.0% of depositors have responded to the survey and all of those
customers are aware of Year 2000 issues, are in the process of updating their
systems and have informed the Company that they believe they will be ready for
the Year 2000 date change by the end of 1999. To the extent a problem has been
identified, the Company intends to monitor the customer's progress in resolving
such problem. In the event that Year 2000 noncompliance adversely affects a
borrower, the Company may be required to charge off the loan to that borrower.
For a discussion of possible effects of such charge-offs, see "--Contingency
Plans" below. With respect to its borrowers, the Company includes in its loan
documents a Year 2000 disclosure form as an addendum to the loan agreement in
which the borrower represents and warrants its Year 2000 compliance to the
Company. The Company relies on the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas for electronic
fund transfers and understands that the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas expects
its systems to be Year 2000 compliant by the end of 1998.
 
    CONTINGENCY PLAN.  The Company has finalized its contingency planning with
respect to the Year 2000 date change and believes that if its own systems should
fail, the Company could convert to a manual entry
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
system for a period of up to six months without significant losses. The Company
believes that any mission critical systems could be recovered and operating
within seven days. In the event that the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas is
unable to handle electronic funds transfers, the Company does not expect the
impact to be material to its financial condition or results of operations as
long as the Company is able to utilize an alternative electronic funds transfer
source. As part of its contingency planning, the Company has reviewed its loan
customer base and the potential impact on capital of Year 2000 non-compliance.
Based upon such review, using what it considers to be a reasonable worst case
scenario, the Company has assumed that certain of its commercial borrowers whose
businesses are most likely to be affected by Year 2000 noncompliance would be
unable to repay their loans, resulting in charge-offs of loan amounts in excess
of collateral values. If such were the case, the Company believes that it is
unlikely that its exposure would exceed $300,000, although there are no
assurances that this amount will not be substantially higher. The Company does
not believe that this amount is material enough for the Company to adjust its
current methodology for making provisions to the allowance for credit losses. In
addition, the Company plans to maintain additional cash on hand to meet any
unusual deposit withdrawal activity.
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
 
OVERVIEW
 
    From December 31, 1995 to December 31, 1997, the Company experienced
consistent growth as assets increased from $322.8 million at December 31, 1995
to $505.1 million at December 31, 1997, an increase of $182.3 million or 56.5%,
as its branch network expanded and it broadened its products and services to
customers. Among the six branches opened during this period, the Company
expanded into the Dallas, Texas metropolitan area by opening its first branch in
the Richardson suburb of Dallas in April of 1996. The Company also formed
Advantage, a factoring company, in February of 1994 and established a loan
production office in New Orleans, Louisiana in October of 1996. In each of these
endeavors, the Company has met or exceeded growth and profitability
expectations. Loans accounted for the majority of the Company's asset growth and
increased $171.7 million to $348.9 million over the three-year period ending
December 31, 1997. Supporting this substantial expansion was an increase in
deposits which rose to $445.9 million, a 56.4% increase during the period.
Shareholders' equity increased from $23.5 million at the end of 1995 to $30.5
million at the end of 1997.
 
    Net income available to shareholders was $4.2 million, $2.0 million and $2.6
million for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and
diluted net income per common share was $0.74, $0.37 and $0.51 for these same
periods. Earnings growth from 1996 to 1997 resulted principally from strong
internal loan growth and a higher net interest margin coupled with an improved
efficiency ratio. The decrease in earnings from 1995 to 1996 was due to
additional noninterest expense associated with the openings of the new branch
offices and higher loan loss provisions associated with an increase in loan
volume. The Company posted returns on average assets of 0.89%, 0.54% and 0.96%
and returns on average equity of 14.69%, 8.36% and 12.06% for the years ended
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    NET INTEREST INCOME
 
    1997 VERSUS 1996.  Net interest income totaled $23.0 million in 1997
compared with $17.6 million in 1996, an increase of $5.4 million or 30.7%. The
increase resulted primarily from a 38.3% increase in interest income on loans
primarily due to a $59.8 million or 44.8% increase in commercial and industrial
loans. Interest expense increased $4.2 million while interest income increased
$9.6 million. Net interest margins were 5.22% and 5.02% and net interest spreads
were 4.43% and 4.22% for 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
    Interest income on loans increased to $33.0 million in 1997 from $23.9
million in 1996. The increase was driven by growth in the average loan portfolio
of $87.3 million or 39.1% while the Company
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
experienced a decrease in the yield on average loans to 10.63% in 1997 from
10.69% in 1996. As a result of strong loan growth, the average securities
portfolio declined by $2.0 million or 1.7%, while its yield rose 28 basis points
from 6.01% in 1996 to 6.29% in 1997.
 
    Interest expense increased to $18.1 million in 1997 from $13.9 million in
1996. This increase was driven by $59.9 million of growth in average time
deposits to $248.4 million at the end of 1997, spurred by only a slight increase
in average rates from 5.45% in 1996 to 5.51% during 1997. The higher level of
time deposits was the primary funding source of the Company's loan growth. Other
borrowings, another funding source for the Company, rose by $7.0 million or
73.6%.
 
    1996 VERSUS 1995.  Net interest income increased $4.2 million to $17.6
million in 1996 from $13.4 million in 1995, primarily due to growth in interest
income of $8.5 million. A $95.9 million rise in average interest-earning assets
helped to spur the growth in interest income. Net interest margins were 5.02%
and 5.27% and net interest spreads were 4.22% and 4.29% for 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
    Interest income on loans increased $8.0 million to $23.9 million in 1996
from $15.9 million in 1995. The increase was driven by growth in the average
loan portfolio of $77.3 million or 52.9% while experiencing a decrease in the
yield on average loans to 10.69% in 1996 from 10.86% in 1995. Meanwhile, the
average securities portfolio increased $15.8 million, while its yield decreased
65 basis points from 6.66% in 1995 to 6.01% in 1996.
 
    Interest expense increased 44.8% to $13.9 million in 1996 from $9.6 million
in 1995. This increase was driven by growth in average time deposits of $67.8
million or 56.2% from $120.7 million at the end of 1995. The average time
deposit rate paid by the Company during this period declined by 11 basis points
in 1996.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the total dollar amount of interest income from
average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the
interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in
dollars and rates. No tax-equivalent adjustments were made and all average
balances are yearly average balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in
the tables as loans carrying a zero yield.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1997                             1996                             1995
                                ------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                  AVERAGE     INTEREST AVERAGE     AVERAGE     INTEREST AVERAGE     AVERAGE     INTEREST AVERAGE
                                OUTSTANDING   EARNED/  YIELD/    OUTSTANDING   EARNED/  YIELD/    OUTSTANDING   EARNED/  YIELD/
                                  BALANCE      PAID     RATE       BALANCE      PAID     RATE       BALANCE      PAID     RATE
                                -----------   -------  -------   -----------   -------  -------   -----------   -------  -------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>      <C>
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
  Total loans.................   $310,781     $33,028   10.63%    $223,514     $23,884   10.69%    $146,210     $15,876   10.86%
  Taxable securities..........     95,680      6,161     6.44      100,490      6,103     6.07       85,427      5,837     6.83
  Tax-exempt securities.......     17,570        968     5.51       14,734        817     5.54       13,971        779     5.58
  Federal funds sold and other
    temporary investments.....     16,926        998     5.90       11,962        719     6.01        9,181        573     6.24
                                -----------   -------            -----------   -------            -----------   -------
    Total interest-earning
      assets..................    440,957     41,155     9.33%     350,700     31,523     8.99%     254,789     23,065     9.05%
                                              -------                          -------                          -------
Less allowance for loan
  losses......................     (2,722)                          (1,869)                          (1,442)
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
Total interest-earning assets,
  net of allowance for loan
  losses......................    438,235                          348,831                          253,347
Nonearning assets.............     30,862                           24,866                           17,740
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
    Total assets..............   $469,097                         $373,697                         $271,087
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
  EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Interest-bearing demand
    deposits..................   $ 26,765     $  697     2.60%    $ 24,664     $  640     2.59%    $ 21,666     $  560     2.58%
  Savings and money market
    accounts..................     76,799      2,733     3.56       66,992      2,370     3.54       47,556      1,602     3.37
  Time deposits...............    248,447     13,685     5.51      188,570     10,275     5.45      120,725      6,709     5.56
  Federal funds purchased and
    securities sold under
    repurchase agreements.....      1,804        100     5.54        1,227         65     5.30        1,203         76     6.32
  Other borrowings............     16,084        923     5.74       10,435        577     5.53       11,233        693     6.17
                                -----------   -------            -----------   -------            -----------   -------
    Total interest-bearing
      liabilities.............    369,899     18,138     4.90%     291,888     13,927     4.77%     202,383      9,640     4.76%
                                              -------                          -------                          -------
Noninterest-bearing
  liabilities:
  Noninterest-bearing demand
    deposits..................     64,884                           53,129                           43,802
  Other liabilities...........      5,945                            4,590                            3,341
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
    Total liabilities.........    440,728                          349,607                          249,526
Shareholders' equity..........     28,369                           24,090                           21,561
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
    Total liabilities and
      shareholders' equity....   $469,097                         $373,697                         $271,087
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
                                -----------                      -----------                      -----------
  Net interest income.........                $23,017                          $17,596                          $13,425
                                              -------                          -------                          -------
                                              -------                          -------                          -------
  Net interest spread.........                           4.43%                            4.22%                            4.29%
                                                       -------                          -------                          -------
                                                       -------                          -------                          -------
  Net interest margin.........                           5.22%                            5.02%                            5.27%
                                                       -------                          -------                          -------
                                                       -------                          -------                          -------
</TABLE>
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income
and interest expense for the major components of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the increase related to
higher outstanding balances and changes in interest rates. For purposes of this
table, changes attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated to rate.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997 VS. 1996                    1996 VS. 1995
                                                        -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                        INCREASE (DECREASE)              INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                               DUE TO                           DUE TO
                                                        --------------------             --------------------
                                                         VOLUME      RATE       TOTAL     VOLUME      RATE       TOTAL
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
  Total loans.........................................  $   9,329  $    (185) $   9,144  $   8,395  $    (387) $   8,008
  Securities..........................................       (119)       328        209      1,054       (750)       304
  Federal funds sold and other temporary
    investments.......................................        298        (19)       279        174        (28)       146
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total increase (decrease) in interest income......      9,508        124      9,632      9,623     (1,165)     8,458
 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Interest-bearing demand deposits....................         54          3         57         77          3         80
  Savings and money market accounts...................        347         16        363        655        113        768
  Time deposits.......................................      3,263        147      3,410      3,772       (206)     3,566
  Federal funds purchased.............................         31          4         35          2        (13)       (11)
  Other borrowings....................................        312         34        346        (49)       (67)      (116)
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total increase (decrease) in interest expense.....      4,007        204      4,211      4,457       (170)     4,287
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in net interest income............  $   5,501  $     (80) $   5,421  $   5,166  $    (995) $   4,171
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    The 1997 provision for loan losses increased to $3.4 million from $2.1
million in 1996, an increase of $1.3 million or 61.9%. The increased provision
for 1997 reflects loan growth of 24.3% and was also impacted by a significant
charge-off totaling $700,000 related to one borrower in the food service
industry. The 1996 provision increased $1.3 million, or 164.1%, from $792,000 at
December 31, 1995 due to the 52.9% growth in average loans over 1995 and a
$650,000 charge-off of a loan to one borrower in the waste management industry.
 
    NONINTEREST INCOME
 
    Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $4.4 million, up
from $3.4 million in 1996 and $2.9 million for 1995. For 1997, the majority of
the growth in noninterest income resulted from a continuation of a trend toward
increases in other loan-related fees that began in 1996. Additionally, increases
in service charges were realized through an improvement in monitoring the
accounts subject to service charges. Noninterest income increased in 1996 from
1995 through an increase in other loan-related fees. The following table
presents the major categories of noninterest income:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Service charges on deposit accounts..............................  $   2,248  $   1,981  $   2,083
Other loan-related fees..........................................      1,440        972        428
Letters of credit commissions and fees...........................        357        359        330
Gain on sale of investment securities, net.......................        189         56         62
Other noninterest income.........................................        157         78         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total noninterest income.....................................  $   4,391  $   3,446  $   2,903
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
    For the years ended 1997, 1996 and 1995, noninterest expense totaled $18.1
million, $16.1 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The increase in 1996 of
$4.3 million or 36.4% was primarily due to higher employee compensation and
benefits and occupancy expense related to the four new branches opened during
the year. The Company's efficiency ratios were 66.48%, 76.73% and 72.82% in
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The improvement in the efficiency ratio in
1997 reflects the Company's continued efforts to control operating expenses and
gain other efficiencies through such means as upgrading centralized computer
systems. The following table presents the major categories of noninterest
expense:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                               -------------------------------
                                                                 1997       1996       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Employee compensation and benefits...........................  $   8,940  $   8,048  $   5,932
Non-staff expenses:
  Occupancy..................................................      3,843      3,330      1,965
  Other real estate, net.....................................        474        199         77
  Data processing............................................        465        283        369
  Professional fees..........................................        431        346        274
  Advertising................................................        332        308        260
  Consultants/contract labor.................................        556        454        368
  Director compensation......................................        360        295        275
  Printing and supplies......................................        369        519        330
  Telecommunications.........................................        349        317        199
  Other noninterest expense..................................      1,977      2,003      1,796
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total non-staff expenses.................................      9,156      8,054      5,913
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total noninterest expense................................  $  18,096  $  16,102  $  11,845
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Employee compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31,
1997 was $8.9 million, an increase of $892,000 or 11.1% from $8.0 million for
1996. Employee compensation and benefits expense for the year 1996 was up $2.1
million or 35.6% from 1995. The increase in 1997 resulted primarily from the
effects of a full year of expenses for the four branches opened in 1996, the
addition of the Veterans Memorial (Houston) branch which opened in April of 1997
and costs associated with establishment of the Milam (Houston) branch which
opened in early January of 1998. Additionally, staff was added to support the
residential mortgage division and the factoring subsidiary. The increase in 1996
was primarily due to increased staff to expand the Company's branch network,
doubling the number of branches from four to eight, and opening a loan
production office in New Orleans. Total full-time equivalent employees at
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were 225, 224 and 179, respectively
 
    Non-staff expenses were $9.2 million in 1997, an increase of $1.1 million or
13.6% from $8.1 million in 1996. The increase in 1997 was the result of a full
year of higher occupancy expense from the increased number of operating branches
as well as the cost of technology upgrades. Additionally, during 1997 other real
estate expenses increased approximately $275,000 in connection with the
maintenance of an asset acquired by foreclosure in the second quarter until its
sale in December of 1997. The 1996 non-staff expense level increased $2.1
million or 35.6% from 1995 as a direct result of expanding from four branches to
eight branches plus the opening of a loan production office.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Income tax expense is influenced by the level and mix of taxable and
tax-exempt income and the amount of non-deductible interest and other expenses.
In 1997, income tax expense was $1.8 million, up $1.0 million or 123.6% from
1996 income tax expense of $809,000 as a result of the 111.0% increase in pre-
tax income driven by strong internal loan growth. The 1996 amount was $282,000
lower than the 1995
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
amount of $1.1 million, or 25.6%. The income tax component of the Texas
franchise tax was $132,000, $108,544, and $68,425 in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The effective tax rates in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, were
30.1%, 28.7% and 29.6%, respectively.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    LOAN PORTFOLIO
 
    Total loans increased by $68.3 million or 24.3% to $348.9 million at
December 31, 1997, from $280.6 million at December 31, 1996. During 1996, total
loans increased by $103.4 million or 58.4% from $177.2 million at December 31,
1995. The growth in loans reflected the improving local economy, opening of new
branches and the Company's investment in loan production capacity.
 
    At December 31, 1997, total loans represented 78.3% of deposits and 69.1% of
total assets. Total loans as a percentage of deposits were 73.6% at December 31,
1996, compared with 62.1% at December 31, 1995.
 
    The following table summarizes the loan portfolio of the Company by type of
loan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997                1996               1995(1)             1994(1)             1993(1)
                                -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
                                 AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT   PERCENT    AMOUNT   PERCENT
                                --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial and industrial.....  $193,355   54.77%   $133,564   47.05%   $ 53,850   29.88%   $ 39,022   30.56%   $ 37,859   31.81%
 
Real estate mortgage
  Residential.................    11,797    3.35       8,703    3.07          --      --          --      --          --      --
  Commercial..................   110,860   31.40     104,425   36.78          --      --          --      --          --      --
                                --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------
                                 122,657   34.75     113,128   39.85      94,411   52.38      71,101   55.69      58,902   49.49
                                --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------
Real estate construction
  Residential.................     9,859    2.79       1,543    0.54          --      --          --      --          --      --
  Commercial..................    11,750    3.33      16,096    5.67          --      --          --      --          --      --
                                --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------
                                  21,609    6.12      17,639    6.21      11,772    6.53       3,284    2.57         986    0.83
                                --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------
Consumer and other............    10,147    2.87      13,343    4.70      18,065   10.02      14,277   11.18      21,262   17.87
 
Factored receivables..........     5,249    1.49       6,217    2.19       2,147    1.19          --      --          --      --
                                --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------   --------  -------
Gross loans...................   353,017  100.00%    283,891  100.00%    180,245  100.00%    127,684  100.00%    119,009  100.00%
                                          -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
                                          -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Less: unearned discounts,
  interest and deferred
  fees........................    (4,107)             (3,294)             (3,039)             (1,915)             (2,698)
                                --------            --------            --------            --------            --------
    Total loans...............  $348,910            $280,597            $177,206            $125,769            $116,311
                                --------            --------            --------            --------            --------
                                --------            --------            --------            --------            --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The Company's loan portfolio records were historically categorized by
    collateral codes. In 1998, the Company recoded its loan portfolio to reflect
    the business purpose of the loans. Detailed information prior to 1996 is
    unavailable due to a system conversion in 1995.
 
    Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 114, ACCOUNTING FOR CREDITORS FOR IMPAIRMENT OF A LOAN,
as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 118, ACCOUNTING BY
CREDITORS FOR IMPAIRMENT OF A LOAN--INCOME RECOGNITION AND DISCLOSURES. Under
Statement No. 114, as amended, a loan is considered impaired based on current
information and events, if it is probable that the Company will be unable to
collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to
the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The measurement of impaired loans
is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the
loan's effective interest rate or the loan's observable market price or based on
the fair value of the
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. The implementation of Statement
No. 114 did not have a material adverse affect on the Company's financial
statements.
 
    NONPERFORMING ASSETS
 
    Nonperforming assets at December 31, 1997 were $3.3 million compared with
$2.3 million at December 31, 1996 and $2.0 million at December 31, 1995. The
increases in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
were $949,000 or 40.9% and $340,000 or 17.2%, respectively. The increase for
1997 was due principally to two loans made to one borrower. The first loan of
$838,000 was paid off in February of 1998, and the second loan of $156,000, for
which appropriate reserves have been made, remains on nonaccrual status.
 
    The following table presents information regarding nonperforming assets at
the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Nonaccrual loans..................................  $   2,663  $   1,581  $   1,264  $     963  $   1,201
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due...........     --         --            182          4         54
Other real estate.................................        606        739        534        584      1,493
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total nonperforming assets....................  $   3,269  $   2,320  $   1,980  $   1,551  $   2,748
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real
  estate..........................................       0.94%      0.82%      1.11%      1.23%      2.33%
Nonperforming assets to total assets..............       0.65%      0.54%      0.61%      0.67%      1.44%
</TABLE>
 
    ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    For the year ended 1997, net loan charge-offs totaled $1.9 million or 0.62%
of average loans outstanding for the period, compared with $1.6 million or 0.71%
in net loan charge-offs during 1996. During 1997, the Company recorded a
provision for loan losses of $3.4 million compared with $2.1 million for 1996.
This increase was primarily related to loan growth net of the impact of a
$700,000 charge-off related to one credit during the year. At December 31, 1997,
the allowance totaled $3.6 million, or 1.02% of total loans. The Company made a
provision for loan losses of $2.1 million during 1996 compared with a provision
of $792,000 for 1995. At December 31, 1996, the allowance aggregated $2.1
million or 0.76% of total loans.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses
and other related data:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                                           1997       1996      1995(1)    1994(1)    1993(1)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Average loans outstanding..............................  $ 310,781  $ 223,514  $ 146,210  $ 118,762  $ 108,929
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Total loans outstanding at end of period...............  $ 348,910  $ 280,597  $ 177,206  $ 125,769  $ 116,311
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period.......  $   2,141  $   1,612  $   1,264  $   1,345  $   1,379
Provision for loan losses..............................      3,350      2,118        792        422        557
Charge-offs:
  Commercial and industrial............................       (827)    (1,236)      (386)      (244)      (443)
  Real estate - mortgage...............................       (584)        --        (53)      (375)       (81)
  Real estate - construction...........................         --         --         --         --         --
  Consumer and other...................................       (812)      (570)      (260)       (60)      (122)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total charge-offs..................................     (2,223)    (1,806)      (699)      (679)      (646)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Recoveries:
  Commercial and industrial............................         79        146         98        100         26
  Real estate - mortgage...............................        156         --        108         56         26
  Real estate - construction...........................         --         --         --         --         --
  Consumer and other...................................         66         71         49         20          3
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total recoveries...................................        301        217        255        176         55
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loan charge-offs...................................     (1,922)    (1,589)      (444)      (503)      (591)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Allowance for loan losses at end of period.............  $   3,569  $   2,141  $   1,612  $   1,264  $   1,345
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
Ratio of allowance to end of period total loans........       1.02%      0.76%      0.91%      1.01%      1.16%
Ratio of net loan charge-offs to average loans.........       0.62       0.71       0.30       0.42       0.54
Ratio of allowance to end of period nonperforming
  loans................................................     134.02     135.42     111.48     130.71     107.17
</TABLE>
 
- ----------
 
(1) The Company's loan portfolio records were historically categorized by
    collateral codes. In 1998 the Company recoded its loan portfolio to reflect
    the business purpose of the loans. Detailed information for charge-offs and
    recoveries by business purpose prior to 1996 is unavailable due to a system
    conversion in 1995. For years prior to 1996, charge-offs and recoveries were
    recorded by collateral code.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    The following table describes the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses among various categories of loans and certain other information. The
allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of
the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is
available to absorb losses from any segment of the credit portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1997                        1996                      1995(1)
                                          --------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        PERCENT OF                  PERCENT OF                  PERCENT OF
                                                         LOANS TO                    LOANS TO                    LOANS TO
                                            AMOUNT      GROSS LOANS     AMOUNT      GROSS LOANS     AMOUNT      GROSS LOANS
                                          -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance of allowance for loan losses
  applicable to:
  Commercial and industrial.............   $   1,414         54.77%    $   1,099         47.05%    $     588         29.88%
  Real estate - mortgage................         883         34.75           620         39.85           620         52.38
  Real estate - construction............         111          6.12            88          6.21            29          6.53
  Consumer and other....................         358          2.87           248          4.70           329         10.02
  Factored receivables..................         341          1.49            62          2.19            --          1.19
  Unallocated...........................         462            --            24            --            46            --
                                          -----------       ------    -----------       ------    -----------       ------
    Total allowance for loan losses.....   $   3,569        100.00%    $   2,141        100.00%    $   1,612        100.00%
                                          -----------       ------    -----------       ------    -----------       ------
                                          -----------       ------    -----------       ------    -----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1994(1)                    1993(1)
                                                                   -------------------------  -------------------------
                                                                                 PERCENT OF                 PERCENT OF
                                                                                  LOANS TO                   LOANS TO
                                                                     AMOUNT     GROSS LOANS     AMOUNT     GROSS LOANS
                                                                   -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Balance of allowance for loan losses applicable to:
  Commercial and industrial......................................   $     461         30.56%   $     491         31.81%
  Real estate - mortgage.........................................         486         55.69          517         49.49
  Real estate - construction.....................................          23          2.57           --          0.83
  Consumer and other.............................................         258         11.18          275         17.87
  Unallocated....................................................          36            --           62            --
                                                                   -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------
    Total allowance for loan losses..............................   $   1,264        100.00%   $   1,345        100.00%
                                                                   -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                   -----------  ------------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ----------
 
(1) The Company's loan portfolio records were historically categorized by
    collateral codes. In 1998, the Company recoded its loan portfolio to reflect
    the business purpose of the loans. Detailed information for the allowance
    for loan losses by business purpose prior to 1996 is unavailable due to a
    system conversion in 1995. For years prior to 1996, the allowance for loan
    losses was recorded by collateral code.
 
    SECURITIES
 
    The following table summarizes the amortized cost of investment securities
held by the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                1997       1996       1995
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. Treasury securities....................................  $   2,977  $     997  $   1,994
U.S. Government agency securities...........................     86,553     80,972     89,734
Municipal securities........................................     17,690     14,930     14,444
Other securities............................................      4,069      6,052      3,630
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total securities..........................................  $ 111,289  $ 102,951  $ 109,802
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of investment securities
at amortized cost (including federal funds sold and other temporary investments)
and their weighted average yields. No tax-equivalent adjustments were made.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        AFTER ONE       AFTER FIVE
                                                        YEAR BUT        YEARS BUT
                                       WITHIN ONE      WITHIN FIVE      WITHIN TEN       AFTER TEN
                                          YEAR            YEARS           YEARS            YEARS             TOTAL
                                     --------------   -------------   --------------   --------------   ---------------
                                     AMOUNT   YIELD   AMOUNT  YIELD   AMOUNT   YIELD   AMOUNT   YIELD    AMOUNT   YIELD
                                     -------  -----   ------  -----   -------  -----   -------  -----   --------  -----
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>
U.S. Treasury securities...........  $   999  7.79%   $1,978  6.28%   $    --    --%   $    --    --%   $  2,977  6.79%
U.S. Government agency securities..    2,050  3.19    2,212   7.14     26,137  6.18     56,154  7.18      86,553  6.78
Municipal securities...............       --    --      995   5.32      8,545  5.30      8,150  5.23      17,690  5.27
Federal funds sold.................    9,904  6.04       --     --         --    --         --    --       9,904  6.04
Temporary investments..............    3,335  4.81       --     --         --    --         --    --       3,335  4.81
Other securities...................    3,540  5.95       --     --         --    --        529  6.00       4,069  5.96
                                     -------  -----   ------  -----   -------  -----   -------  -----   --------  -----
  Total securities.................  $19,828  5.61%   $5,185  6.47%   $34,682  5.96%   $64,833  6.93%   $124,528  6.43%
                                     -------  -----   ------  -----   -------  -----   -------  -----   --------  -----
                                     -------  -----   ------  -----   -------  -----   -------  -----   --------  -----
</TABLE>
 
    The following table summarizes the carrying value and classification of
securities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                1997       1996       1995
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Available-for-sale..........................................  $  41,612  $  25,626  $  29,530
Held-to-maturity............................................     71,012     78,054     81,231
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total securities........................................  $ 112,624  $ 103,680  $ 110,761
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1997, securities totaled $112.6 million, a increase of $8.9
million from $103.7 million at December 31, 1996. The increase occurred
primarily in U.S. Government securities and the small increase in the portfolio
as compared with the overall asset growth reflected the Company's use of funds
from customers' deposits to fund loans. During 1996, securities decreased $7.1
million from $110.8 million at December 31, 1995, reflecting the increase in the
loan portfolio. During 1995, the Company transferred from held-to-maturity to
available-for-sale securities with an amortized cost of $50.9 million and
concurrently sold $26.8 million of securities to realize a net gain of $81,000.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    The following table presents the amortized cost of securities classified as
available-for-sale and their approximate fair values as of the dates shown:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
                           ------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
                                           GROSS        GROSS                                 GROSS         GROSS
                            AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     FAIR      AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     FAIR
                              COST         GAIN         LOSS        VALUE       COST          GAIN          LOSS        VALUE
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury
  securities.............   $   2,977    $      63    $      --   $   3,040   $     997     $      31     $      --   $   1,028
U.S. Government agency
  securities.............      22,911          697           --      23,608      10,402           267            --      10,669
Municipal securities.....      10,320          575           --      10,895       7,446           350           (18)      7,778
Other securities.........       4,069           --           --       4,069       6,052            99            --       6,151
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
  Total securities.......   $  40,277    $   1,335    $      --   $  41,612   $  24,897     $     747     $     (18)  $  25,626
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS         GROSS
                                                   AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     FAIR
                                                     COST          GAIN          LOSS        VALUE
                                                  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........................   $   1,994     $      68     $      --   $   2,062
U.S. Government agency securities...............      16,239           466           (16)     16,689
Municipal securities............................       6,708           441            --       7,149
Other securities................................       3,630            --            --       3,630
                                                  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
  Total securities..............................   $  28,571     $     975     $     (16)  $  29,530
                                                  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
                                                  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table presents the amortized cost of securities classified as
held-to-maturity and their approximate fair values as of the dates shown:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
                           ------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
                                           GROSS        GROSS                                 GROSS         GROSS
                            AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     FAIR      AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     FAIR
                              COST         GAIN         LOSS        VALUE       COST          GAIN          LOSS        VALUE
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Government agency
  securities.............   $  63,642    $     924    $    (141)  $  64,425   $  70,570     $     435     $    (810)  $  70,195
Municipal securities.....       7,370          211           --       7,581       7,484            56           (38)      7,502
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
  Total securities.......   $  71,012    $   1,135    $    (141)  $  72,006   $  78,054     $     491     $    (848)  $  77,697
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS         GROSS
                                                   AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     FAIR
                                                     COST          GAIN          LOSS        VALUE
                                                  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
U.S. Government agency securities...............   $  73,495     $     396     $    (514)  $  73,377
Municipal securities............................       7,736           107           (12)      7,831
                                                  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
  Total securities..............................   $  81,231     $     503     $    (526)  $  81,208
                                                  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
                                                  -----------        -----    -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    DEPOSITS
 
    Average total deposits during 1997 increased to $416.9 million from $333.4
million in 1996, an increase of $83.5 million or 25.0%. The increase resulted
primarily from the three branches opened in 1996 which contributed $30.8 million
of the increase and strong growth at longer established branches. The Company's
ratios of average noninterest-bearing demand deposits to average total deposits
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were 15.6%, 15.9% and
18.7%, respectively.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    The average daily balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for
each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997                   1996                   1995
                                                         ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
                                                           AMOUNT      RATE       AMOUNT      RATE       AMOUNT      RATE
                                                         ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Interest-bearing deposits:
  Money market checking................................  $   26,765       2.60% $   24,664       2.59% $   21,666       2.58%
  Savings and money market deposits....................      76,799       3.56      66,992       3.54      47,556       3.37
  Time deposits less than $100,000.....................     145,004       5.41     113,172       5.32      71,383       5.50
  Time deposits $100,000 and over......................     103,443       5.64      75,398       5.65      49,342       5.63
                                                         ----------             ----------             ----------
      Total interest-bearing deposits..................     352,011       4.86     280,226       4.74     189,947       4.67
Noninterest-bearing deposits...........................      64,884         --      53,129         --      43,802         --
                                                         ----------             ----------             ----------
      Total deposits...................................  $  416,895       4.11% $  333,355       3.99% $  233,749       3.80%
                                                         ----------        ---  ----------        ---  ----------        ---
                                                         ----------        ---  ----------        ---  ----------        ---
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth the amount of the Company's time deposits
that are $100,000 or greater by time remaining until maturity:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 1997
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>
Three months or less..................................................        $   29,807
Over three through six months.........................................            22,626
Over six through 12 months............................................            44,488
Over 12 months........................................................            11,966
                                                                                --------
  Total...............................................................        $  108,887
                                                                                --------
                                                                                --------
</TABLE>
 
    OTHER BORROWINGS
 
    The following table presents the categories of other borrowings by the
Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:
  on December 31.................................................................  $   5,000  $   5,000  $      --
  average during the year........................................................      1,804      1,227      1,203
  maximum month-end balance during the year......................................      7,000      5,000      6,000
FHLB notes:
  on December 31.................................................................  $  15,900  $   8,800  $   8,800
  average during the year........................................................     16,084      9,647     10,752
  maximum month-end balance during the year......................................     18,800     11,800     17,500
Other short-term borrowings:
  on December 31.................................................................  $     711  $     766  $     473
  average during the year........................................................        678        736        481
  maximum month-end balance during the year......................................      1,296        921        788
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1997, FHLB notes consisted of prepayable floating rate notes
scheduled to mature during the fourth quarter of 1998, with total principal
outstanding of $15.9 million and interest rates that
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
reset periodically based on the six-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR
Rate") (5.84% at December 31, 1997) plus an adjustment ranging from minus 15 to
plus five basis points. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, FHLB notes outstanding
totaled $8.8 million and had an interest rate which reset periodically based on
the three-month LIBOR Rate (5.81% and 5.56% at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively) plus 14 basis points. Additionally, the Company had several
unused, unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks totaling $7.0
million, $12.0 million and $7.0 million at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
    INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY AND LIQUIDITY
 
    The following table sets forth an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the
Company at December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               VOLUMES SUBJECT TO REPRICING WITHIN
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  0-30      31-180      181-365                                            GREATER THAN
                                  DAYS       DAYS         DAYS      1-3 YEARS    3-5 YEARS    5-10 YEARS     10 YEARS      TOTAL
                                --------  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------   --------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Securities..................  $ 17,682  $   21,849   $   21,962   $   19,596   $    8,334   $   12,727     $ 10,474     $112,624
  Total loans.................   244,237      30,704       46,056       21,632        5,234        1,047           --      348,910
  Federal funds sold and other
    temporary investments.....    13,239          --           --           --           --           --           --       13,239
                                --------  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------   --------
  Total interest-earning
    assets....................   275,158      52,553       68,018       41,228       13,568       13,774       10,474      474,773
                                --------  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------   --------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand, money market and
    savings deposits..........        --      45,127       22,562       45,126           --           --           --      112,815
  Time deposits...............    38,510     114,753       73,918       29,464        1,809           --           --      258,454
  Federal funds purchased.....     5,000          --           --           --           --           --           --        5,000
  Other borrowings............       711      15,900           --           --           --           --           --       16,611
                                --------  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------   --------
  Total interest-bearing
    liabilities...............    44,221     175,780       96,480       74,590        1,809           --           --      392,880
                                --------  ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------   --------
Period GAP....................  $230,937  $ (123,227)  $  (28,462)  $  (33,362)  $   11,759   $   13,774     $ 10,474     $ 81,893
Cumulative GAP................   230,937     107,710       79,248       45,886       57,645       71,419       81,893
Period GAP to total assets....     45.73%     (24.40)%      (5.64)%      (6.61)%       2.33%        2.73%        2.07%
Cumulative GAP to total
  assets......................     45.73%      21.33%       15.69%        9.08%       11.41%       14.14%       16.21%
Cumulative interest-earning
  assets to cumulative
  interest-bearing
  liabilities.................    622.23%     148.96%      125.04%      111.73%      114.67%      118.18%      120.84%
</TABLE>
 
    Presented below, as of December 31, 1997, is an analysis of the Company's
interest rate risk as measured by changes in EVE for instantaneous and sustained
parallel shifts of 200 basis points in market interest rates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      EVE AS A % OF
                                                                 PRESENT VALUE OF ASSETS
                    $ CHANGE IN EVE                      ----------------------------------------
 CHANGE IN RATES    (IN THOUSANDS)     % CHANGE IN EVE         EVE RATIO             CHANGE
- -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                <C>                <C>                <C>                    <C>
     -200 bp           $   1,639                5.37%               6.32%             27 bp
        0 bp                  --                  --                6.05%              --
     +200 bp              (8,069)             (26.45)%              4.54%           (151) bp
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1997, it was estimated that the Company's EVE would decrease
26.45% in the event of a 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. The
Company's EVE at the same date would increase 5.37% in the event of a 200 basis
point decrease in market interest rates.
 
    See "--Financial Condition--Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity" for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997 for a discussion of
the Company's policies regarding asset and liability risk management and
liquidity.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Shareholders' equity increased to $30.5 million at December 31, 1997 from
$25.4 million at December 31, 1996, an increase of $5.1 million or 20.1%. This
increase was primarily the result of net income of $4.2 million and the issuance
of $1.0 million in Common Stock. During 1996, shareholders' equity increased by
$1.9 million or 8.1%, from $23.5 million at December 31, 1995, primarily the
result of net income of $2.0 million.
 
    The following table provides a comparison of the Company's and the Bank's
leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of December 31, 1997 to the minimum
and well capitalized regulatory standards:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          MINIMUM      WELL        ACTUAL RATIO AT
                                          REQUIRED  CAPITALIZED   DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                          -------   -----------   -----------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>           <C>
THE COMPANY
  Leverage ratio........................   3.00%(1)      N/A            5.92%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.......   4.00          N/A            8.45
  Risk-based capital ratio..............   8.00          N/A            9.46
THE BANK
  Leverage ratio........................   3.00%(2)     5.00%           5.92%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.......   4.00         6.00            8.45
  Risk-based capital ratio..............   8.00        10.00            9.46
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage
    ratio of up to 200 basis points above the required minimum.
 
(2) The OCC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio of up to 200 basis
    points above the required minimum.
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The following is a list of all of the directors and executive officers of
the Company, their respective positions with the Company and the Bank and their
ages as of September 30, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME                                                POSITION                                        AGE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------      ---
<S>                             <C>                                                                          <C>
Helen F. Chen.................  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 51
Tommy F. Chen.................  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 61
May P. Chu....................  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 50
Ann Crowther-Dixon............  Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank                    50
Attilio F. Galli..............  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the             48
                                 Bank
Jane W. Kwan..................  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 49
William C. C. Kwan............  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 53
John Lee......................  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 55
David Tai.....................  Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director of the Company; Executive           48
                                 Vice President and Vice Chairman of the Board of the Bank
Joe Ting......................  Director of the Company and the Bank                                                 45
Don J. Wang...................  Chairman of the Board and President of the Company; Chairman of the Board            54
                                 and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
</TABLE>
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
    HELEN F. CHEN. Ms. Chen is a director of the Company and was elected as a
member of the Board of Directors of the Bank in 1989. She is the President of
Metro Investment Group, Inc., an investment company that holds shares of Common
Stock of the Company as its principal asset. She is the President-elect of the
Houston Chinese Schools Association and the Principal of the Houston Northwest
Chinese School, where she served as Chairman of the Board from 1991 to 1997. A
member of various civic organizations in Houston, Ms. Chen focuses her volunteer
efforts in the Chinese community. Ms. Chen is the sister of Mr. Don J. Wang. Ms.
Chen is not related to Mr. Tommy F. Chen.
 
    TOMMY F. CHEN. Mr. Chen is a director of the Company and an organizing
director of the Bank. Mr. Chen serves on the Compensation Committee of the
Company and on the Executive Committee, Asset Liability Committee and Directors
Credit Committee of the Bank. Since 1983, he has been the owner of the Downtown
Texaco (Subway) Station. He was an aerospace engineer at NASA for three years
and worked for Chevron Oil Company and Amoco Oil Company for six years. Mr. Chen
has held a real estate brokers license in Texas since 1981. He received a
Masters degree in Physics from Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts and
a Masters degree and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of
Oklahoma. Mr. Chen serves as a director on the Chinatown Community Development
Board and is a member of the Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce of North America. Mr.
Chen is not related to Ms. Helen F. Chen.
 
    MAY P. CHU. Ms. Chu is a director of the Company and an organizing director
of the Bank. Ms. Chu serves on the Audit Committee and the Compensation
Committee of the Company and on the Executive Committee, Asset Liability
Committee and Directors Credit Committee of the Bank. She is the President and
founder of Signet Consulting, a bank management consulting firm specializing in
regulatory issues. She received a Bachelors degree in Physics from the
University of California at Berkeley and a Ph.D. in Economics from Case Western
Reserve University. Ms. Chu was employed at Texas Commerce Bank and Texas
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. for more than five years, first in the Economic
Division and subsequently in Mergers/Acquisitions.
 
    ANN CROWTHER-DIXON. Ms. Dixon joined the Bank in 1989 as a member of the
Bank's financial acquisition team and managed the branch that originated from
the purchase of assets and liabilities of Industrial Bank from the FDIC. She was
promoted to Vice President and Internal Auditor and was responsible for creating
the Audit and Loan Review Department. She was later given the responsibility of
managing the operations, finance and facilities departments. Ms. Dixon was
promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer in 1997. She
also serves as the Chairperson of the EDP Steering Committee and the Year 2000
Committee. Ms. Dixon has extensive experience in the banking industry and began
her 28 year banking career in Houston in 1970. Ms. Dixon was born in England and
attended St. James University in Leeds before entering the British diplomatic
corps in Washington D.C. in 1968. Ms. Dixon is also a member of Financial Women
International.
 
    ATTILIO F. GALLI. Mr. Galli joined the Company in July 1998 as Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Galli
was President and Chief Executive Officer of Alliance Financial of Houston, a
venture capital management company focusing on women and minority-owned
businesses. Prior to forming Alliance Financial of Houston, Mr. Galli was an
Executive Vice President of the Bank, where he was in charge of the Loan
Administration Department. Prior to his first association with the Bank, Mr.
Galli was Managing Director and founding partner of McKenna & Company, an
investment bank providing middle market companies with merger, acquisition and
private placement services. Prior to founding McKenna & Company, Mr. Galli had a
16-year career with Citicorp/ Citibank in successive promotional assignments
including Western U.S. Department Head for Financial Institutions Corporate
Finance, Southwest Regional Manager, Wholesale Mortgage Bank, and Western U.S.
Regional Manager--Oil and Gas Department. Mr. Galli's professional and civic
affiliations include service as a director and member of the Alternative Finance
Committee-Houston Credit Coalition, a member of the Alternative Finance
Committee-Houston Business Council, a member of the Houston
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
Venture Capital Association, a member of the Steering Committee of the Houston
Technology Incubator, a member of the Board of Directors of the
Phillipine-American Chamber of Commerce and a member of Texas Small Business
United. Mr. Galli holds a Bachelors degree in Management from Louisiana State
University in New Orleans.
 
    JANE W. KWAN. Ms. Kwan is a director of the Company and was elected a member
of the Board of Directors of the Bank in 1993. She is the Supervisor of
Purchasing and Inventory-Financial Management at the University of Texas M.D.
Anderson Cancer Center. During her 27 year tenure at the University of Texas
M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, she has held various positions including staff
pharmacist, Outpatient Pharmacy Supervisor and Coordinator of Pharmacy Alternate
Delivery Programs. She is licensed as a Registered Pharmacist in Georgia and
Texas and is also a licensed real estate broker in Texas. She received a
Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Georgia and a Masters degree
in Public Health from the University of Texas School of Public Health. Ms. Kwan
is involved in the Health Education for Asians League of Houston and is a
Coordinator for the Chinese Community Health Fair. Ms. Kwan is the wife of Mr.
William C.C. Kwan.
 
    WILLIAM C.C. KWAN. Mr. Kwan is a director of the Company and an organizing
director of the Bank. Mr. Kwan serves on the Audit Committee of the Company. He
is the General Manager of Jinshun Properties Co., Ltd., a real estate
development company. He has served as the President of William Kwan and
Associates and was the Chief Architect at John Chase Architects for sixteen
years. He received a Bachelors degree in Architectural Engineering from the Chu
Hai College in Hong Kong, a Bachelors degree in Architecture from the Georgia
Institute of Technology in Atlanta, Georgia and a Masters degree in Architecture
from Rice University, in Houston, Texas. Mr. Kwan has been a Registered
Architect in the State of Texas since 1975. Mr. Kwan is the husband of Ms. Jane
W. Kwan.
 
    JOHN LEE. Mr. Lee is a director of the Company and an organizing director of
the Bank. Mr. Lee serves on the Audit Committee of the Company. He is an
Executive Vice President of Alpha Seafood Enterprises, Inc. and serves as the
Treasurer, Director and co-founder of United Oriental Capital Corporation, a
Specialized Small Business Investment Company. For six years, Mr. Lee served as
President and manager for numerous motels in the Houston area. Mr. Lee received
a Bachelors degree in Economics from National Chung Hsing University. Mr. Lee is
a member of the Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce of North America. Mr. Lee is the
brother-in-law of Mr. David Tai.
 
    DAVID TAI. Mr. Tai is a director of the Company and was elected as a member
of the Board of Directors of the Bank in 1988. Mr. Tai is the Executive Vice
President and Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President and Vice
Chairman of the Board of the Bank, where he serves on the Directors Credit
Committee. Mr. Tai is a leader in the Asian-American community through his
active involvement in several organizations. He is currently the President of
the Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce of Greater Houston. He is the Executive
Advisor of the Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce of North America, an organization
that has members in 25 cities across the United States, Canada and Mexico. He is
also active in the World Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce and serves as its
Executive Consular. He received a Bachelors of Business Administration degree
from Fu-Jen Catholic University in Taiwan in 1974 and received a Masters in
Business Administration degree from Murray State University in 1977. Mr. Tai is
a member of the Asian Realtors Association, the Asian Chamber of Commerce and
the United Way. He is a Counselor at the Taiwanese Cultural Center. Mr. Tai is
the brother-in-law of Mr. John Lee.
 
    JOE TING. Mr. Ting is a director of the Company and was elected as a member
of the Board of Directors of the Bank in 1989. Mr. Ting serves on the
Compensation Committee of the Company and on the Executive Committee, Asset
Liability Committee and the Directors Credit Committee of the Bank. He is the
President of West Plaza Management, Inc., a real estate management company. Mr.
Ting has extensive knowledge in the plastic manufacturing industry and real
estate investments. Mr. Ting is a member of the Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce of
North America. He received a Masters in Business Administration degree from the
Florida Institute of Technology.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
    DON J. WANG. Mr. Wang is a director of the Company and an organizing
director of the Bank. Mr. Wang serves as Chairman of the Board and President of
the Company and Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.
Mr. Wang has also been Chairman of the Board of New Era Life Insurance Company
since 1989. Mr. Wang served as President of the Taiwanese Chamber of Commerce of
North America in 1992 and currently sits on the Advisory Board. He served as a
Board member of the Greater Houston Partnership in 1994. Mr. Wang serves on the
Board of Directors of the Harris County Adult Detention Zone Corporation, the
Hope Shelter/Abused Children Program and the Advisory Board of the Chinese
Community Center. He is Chairman of the Chinese Senior Estates/Senior Housing
Project and Co-Chairman of the Asian and Pacific Island Division of the United
Way. Mr. Wang also serves on the Advisory Committee of the Ex-Im Bank and is
active in the Sam Houston Chapter of the Boy Scouts of America and the Houston
Image Group. On April 29, 1993, Mayor Bob Lanier proclaimed "Don J. Wang Day" in
Houston in honor of Mr. Wang's abundant achievements in the realm of Asian
community relations. He received a Bachelors of Science degree from National
Chung Hsing University and a Masters of Science degree from Utah State
University. Mr. Wang is the brother of Ms. Helen F. Chen.
 
    Directors are elected for three-year terms, classified into Classes I, II
and III. Ms. Chen and Messrs. Kwan and Tai are Class I directors with terms of
office expiring on the date of the Company's annual meeting of shareholders in
1999; Ms. Chu and Messrs. John Lee and Ting are Class II directors with terms of
office expiring on the date of the Company's annual meeting in 2000; and Ms.
Kwan and Messrs. Chen and Wang are Class III directors with terms of office
expiring on the date of the Company's annual meeting of shareholders in 2001.
Each officer of the Company is elected by the Board of Directors of the Company
and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his
or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
 
    The Board of Directors has established Audit and Compensation Committees.
The Audit Committee reviews the general scope of the audit conducted by the
Company's independent auditors and matters relating to the Company's internal
control systems. In performing its function, the Audit Committee meets
separately with representatives of the Company's independent auditors and with
representatives of senior management. The Audit Committee is composed of Ms. Chu
and Messrs. Kwan and John Lee, each of whom is an outside director.
 
    The Compensation Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the
Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of the Company's executive
officers and is responsible for the establishment of policies dealing with
various compensation and employee benefit matters. The Compensation Committee
also administers the Company's stock option plans and makes recommendations to
the Board of Directors as to option grants to Company directors and employees
under such plans. The Compensation Committee is comprised of Ms. Chu and Messrs.
Chen and Ting, each of whom is an outside director. No officers of the Company
participate in Compensation Committee deliberations concerning their
compensation or other benefits.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Prior to the formation of the Compensation Committee in 1998, matters
related to compensation, employee benefit matters and stock options were
considered by the Management Committee of the Bank, which included Messrs. Tai
and Wang. Messrs. Tai and Wang participated in determinations as to compensation
and grants of stock options to executive officers, including themselves. Final
determination regarding compensation and stock options was made by the Board of
Directors of the Bank.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company anticipates that it will meet
quarterly. Outside directors of the Company receive a fee of $500 for attending
Company Board meetings. The Bank's Board of Directors meets monthly. Outside
directors of the Bank receive a fee of $500 for each meeting of the Bank's Board
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
of Directors attended and receive a fee of $300 for each Board Committee meeting
attended. Mr. Tommy F. Chen receives a fee of $3,000 per month for analysis and
evaluation of proposed loans secured by real estate.
 
    Historically, the Company paid its directors, including directors who were
officers of the Company, an annual bonus based on the Company's previous year's
performance. In 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company paid bonuses to directors
aggregating $195,672, $159,737 and $146,600, respectively. In February of 1998,
based on the Company's 1997 performance, the Company paid its directors,
including directors who were officers of the Company, a stock bonus with an
aggregate value of $253,664.
 
    The Company has replaced its director bonus policy with the Non-Employee
Director Stock Bonus Plan (the "Director Plan"). See "--Stock Plans." The
Company does not plan to pay cash bonuses to directors in the future.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION
 
    The following table provides certain summary information concerning
compensation paid or accrued by the Company to or on behalf of the Company's
President, a former chief executive officer who served during 1997 and each of
the other two most highly compensated executive officers of the Company whose
compensation exceeds $100,000 (determined as of the end of the last fiscal year)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997. The table does not include $40,551
paid in 1997 to each of Mr. Wang and Mr. Tai as 1996 director performance
bonuses and does not include $48,918 paid to Mr. Tioseco in 1997 as a 1996
performance bonus.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      1997
                                                                 OTHER ANNUAL        ALL OTHER      DIRECTOR
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION               SALARY      BONUS    COMPENSATION(1)    COMPENSATION(2)     BONUS
- --------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  ----------------  -----------------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>                <C>
Don J. Wang,..........................  $  105,000  $      --     $   22,308         $   5,092      $  52,575(3)
  Chairman of the Board and President
  of the Company; Chairman of the
  Board and Chief Executive Officer of
  the Bank
David Tai,............................      98,750         --         10,465             4,369         52,575(3)
  Executive Vice President and
  Secretary of the Company; Executive
  Vice President and Vice Chairman of
  the Board of the Bank
 
Eduardo U. Tioseco(4),................     118,917         --         30,125             7,830             --
  Former President and Chief Executive
  Officer of the Bank
Jairo Cadena(5),......................      97,250     12,000         17,492             5,070             --
  Former Executive Vice President of
  the Bank
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) Represents the amount paid to compensate such officers for car allowance and
    sick pay. Upon adoption of a new sick pay policy in 1998, the Company paid
    all employees their cumulative accrued sick pay balances.
 
(2) Consists of contributions by the Company to the 401(k) Plan.
 
(3) In February 1998, 6,848 shares of stock with an aggregate value of $52,575
    were issued to each of Mr. Wang and Mr. Tai as 1997 director performance
    bonuses. See "--Director Compensation."
 
(4) Mr. Tioseco resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
    effective in August of 1997.
 
(5) Mr. Cadena resigned as Executive Vice President of the Bank in June of 1998.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
    The Company has four stock plans which were originally developed and
instituted by the Bank and assumed by the Company in the holding company
formation. Except for a non-qualified stock option plan for the six founding
directors of the Bank, each of the plans was approved by the shareholders of the
Bank in 1998.
 
    The Company has outstanding options issued to the six founding directors of
the Bank to purchase 120,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to a non-qualified
stock option plan ("Founding Director Plan"). Pursuant to the Founding Director
Plan, each of the six founding directors of the Bank were granted options to
purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $11.00 per share. The
options must be exercised by July 24, 2003. No additional options may be granted
under the Founding Director Plan. Of the six founding directors of the Bank,
five individuals (Tommy F. Chen, May P. Chu, John Lee, David Tai and Don J.
Wang) continue to serve as directors of the Bank and the Company.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
    The Company's Director Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 60,000 shares
of Common Stock to the directors of the Company who do not serve as an officer
of the Company. Under the Director Plan, up to 12,000 shares of Common Stock may
be issued each year for a five year period if the Company achieves certain
return on equity ratios with no shares to be issued if the Company's return on
equity is below 13.0%. Shares will be allocated among the non-employee directors
by the Company's Compensation Committee with preference given to those directors
who also serve on one or more committees of the Board of Directors. There are
currently no shares issued under the Director Plan.
 
    The Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("Purchase Plan") authorizes
the offer and sale of up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock to employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries. Each year the Board of Directors will determine
the number of shares to be offered under the Purchase Plan; provided that in any
one year the offering may not exceed 20,000 shares. The offering price of each
share will be the closing trading price of a share of Common Stock on the
business day immediately prior to the commencement of such offering. In each
offering, each employee may purchase a number of whole shares of Common Stock
that are equal to 10% of the employee's base salary divided by the offering
price. Pursuant to the Purchase Plan, the employee pays for the Common Stock
through a two year payroll deduction program.
 
    The Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan ("Incentive Plan") authorizes the
issuance of up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock under both "non-qualified" and
"incentive stock" options and performance shares of Common Stock. Non-qualified
options and incentive stock options will be granted at no less than the fair
market value of the Common Stock and must be exercised within five years.
Performance shares are certificates representing the right to acquire shares of
Common Stock upon the satisfaction of performance goals established by the
Company. Holders of performance shares have all of the voting, dividend and
other rights of shareholders of the Company, subject to the terms of the award
agreement relating to such shares. If the performance goals are achieved, the
performance shares will vest and may be exchanged for shares of Common Stock. If
the performance goals are not achieved, the performance shares may be forfeited.
There are currently no options or performance shares granted under the Incentive
Plan.
 
    In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION. This statement established fair value based accounting and
reporting standards for all transactions in which a company acquires goods or
services by issuing its equity investments, which includes stock-based
compensation plans. Under Statement No. 123, compensation cost is measured at
the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the
service period, which is usually the vesting period. Fair value of stock options
is determined using an option- pricing model. This statement encourages
companies to adopt as prescribed the fair value based method of accounting to
recognize compensation expense for employee stock compensation plans. However,
it does not require the fair value based method to be adopted but a company must
comply with the disclosure requirements set forth in the statement. The Company
has continued to apply accounting in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES, and related Interpretations, and,
accordingly, will provide the pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings
per share.
 
OPTION GRANTS DURING 1997
 
    The Company did not grant any options during 1997.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR END VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning stock options
exercised during 1997 and the number and value of unexercised options held by
each of the named executives at December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                   UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                      NUMBER OF                           OPTIONS             IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                       SHARES         DOLLAR        AT DECEMBER 31, 1997         DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                    ACQUIRED UPON      VALUE     --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                               OPTION EXERCISE  REALIZED(1)  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Eduardo U. Tioseco (2)...........        79,860      $ 396,585           --             --    $      --    $        --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) Market value of the underlying securities at exercise date ($7.68), minus
    the exercise price ($2.71).
 
(2) Mr. Tioseco resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
    effective in August of 1997.
 
BENEFIT PLAN
 
    The Company has established a defined contributory profit sharing plan
pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) covering substantially all
employees (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for pretax employee contributions of
up to 15.0% of annual compensation plus any additional discretionary after-tax
employee contributions. The Company matches participants' contributions to the
Plan of up to 4.0% of each participant's salary. Total Plan expenses charged to
the Company's operations for 1997, 1996 and 1995 were approximately $245,000,
$190,000 and $144,000, respectively. The Company has budgeted $250,000 for 1998
contributions.
 
INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    Many of the directors, executive officers and principal shareholders of the
Company (i.e., those who own 10% or more of the Common Stock) and their
associates, which include corporations, partnerships and other organizations in
which they are officers or partners or in which they and their immediate
families have at least a 5% interest, are customers of the Company. During 1997,
the Company made loans in the ordinary course of business to many of the
directors, executive officers and principal shareholders of the Company and
their associates, all of which were on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions with persons unaffiliated with the Company and did not involve more
than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
Loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders of the Company
are subject to limitations contained in the Federal Reserve Act, the principal
effect of which is to require that extensions of credit by the Company to
executive officers, directors and principal shareholders satisfy the foregoing
standards. On September 30, 1998, all of such loans aggregated $3.4 million,
which was approximately 9.82% of the Company's Tier 1 capital at such date. The
Company expects to have such transactions or transactions on a similar basis
with its directors, executive officers and principal shareholders and their
associates in the future.
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of November 1, 1998, and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby by (i) each director of
the Company, (ii) each person who is known by the Company to own beneficially 5%
or more of the Common Stock and (iii) all directors and executive officers as a
group. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting and dispositive
power over the shares indicated as owned by such person and the address of each
shareholder is the same as the address of the Company.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PERCENTAGE BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                               NUMBER OF     -------------------------------------
                                                SHARES       BEFORE OFFERING     AFTER OFFERING(1)
                                               ---------     ---------------     -----------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>                 <C>
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
- ---------------------------------------------
Metro Investment Group, Inc.(2)..............    484,128           8.56%                6.91%
Siah Chin Leong(3)...........................    460,000           8.14                 6.57
Leslie Looi Meng(4)..........................    385,992           6.83                 5.51
Shou Chiun Ting(5)...........................    371,768           6.57                 5.31
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- ---------------------------------------------
Helen F. Chen................................    555,784(6)        9.83                 7.93
Tommy F. Chen................................    170,700(7)        3.01                 2.44
May P. Chu...................................    108,064(8)        1.90                 1.54
Jane W. Kwan.................................     20,436              *                    *
William C.C. Kwan............................     21,376              *                    *
John Lee.....................................    146,052(9)        2.58                 2.09
David Tai....................................    226,388(10)       3.99                 3.23
Joe Ting.....................................     66,028(11)       1.17                    *
Don J. Wang..................................    507,780(12)       8.95                 7.25
                                               ---------
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
  (11 persons)...............................  1,822,608          32.23                26.02
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
 
   * Indicates ownership which does not exceed 1.0%
 
 (1) Assumes the issuance of 1,350,000 shares in the Offering.
 
 (2) Metro Investment Group, Inc.'s address is 5511 Woodville Lane, Spring,
     Texas 77379. The sole shareholder of Metro Investment Group, Inc. is Thomas
     Wu. Director Helen F. Chen is the President of Metro Investment Group, Inc.
 
 (3) Siah Chin Leong's address is 701-703 Asia Life Building, Jalan Seggett,
     80000 Johor Bahru, Johor Darul Takzim, Malaysia.
 
 (4) Leslie Looi Meng's address is Aloha Towers, No. 05-02, Block A, 1 Jalan
     Kolam Air, 80100 Johor Bahru, Johor, Malaysia.
 
 (5) Mr. Shou Chiun Ting's address is 15 Thornhill Oaks, Houston, Texas 77015.
     Includes 168,076 held of record by Luxor Holding Corporation over which Mr.
     Shou Chiun Ting has voting and investment control. Shou Chiun Ting is the
     father of Director Joe Ting.
 
 (6) Includes 484,128 shares held of record by Metro Investment Group, Inc. of
     which Ms. Chen is the President.
 
 (7) Includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired under the Founding Director
     Plan and 67,980 shares held of record by Veronica W. Chen, the wife of Mr.
     Tommy F. Chen.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
 (8) Includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired under the Founding Director
     Plan.
 
 (9) Includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired under the Founding Director
     Plan, 25,456 shares held of record by Lee Su Huang, the sister of Mr. John
     Lee, 13,312 shares held of record by Flora Yi Fang Lee, the daughter of Mr.
     John Lee, and 13,312 shares held of record by Roger Chiche Lee, the son of
     Mr. John Lee.
 
 (10) Includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired under the Founding Director
      Plan.
 
 (11) Includes 2,200 shares held of record by Candace Ting, the daughter of Mr.
      Joe Ting, 2,200 shares held of record by Joseph Ting, the son of Mr. Joe
      Ting, and 2,200 shares held of record by Regina Ting, the daughter of Mr.
      Joe Ting.
 
 (12) Includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired under the Founding Director
      Plan, 210,084 shares held of record by the Emily Wang Trust, 210,084
      shares held of record by the Michael Wang Trust and 1,152 shares held of
      record by Ming Wang, the wife of Mr. Don J. Wang.
 
                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
    The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their
subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit
insurance funds of the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the
protection of the bank holding company shareholders or creditors. The banking
agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks
including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for
violations of laws and regulations.
 
    The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company
and the Bank are subject. References herein to applicable statutes and
regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.
 
THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a bank holding company registered under the BHCA, and it is
subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board.
The BHCA and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular
restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range
of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement
actions for violations of laws and regulations.
 
    REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS; SOURCE OF STRENGTH.  It is the policy
of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash
dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and
only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization's
expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank
holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines
the bank holding company's ability to serve as a source of strength to its
banking subsidiaries. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve
Board could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe
or unsound practice and prohibit such dividend payment.
 
    Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to
act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and
commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when,
absent this Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined
to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company in certain
circumstances could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an
undercapitalized banking subsidiary.
 
    In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed to have assumed and is required
to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding
company to any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
of an insured depository institution, and any claim for breach of such
obligation will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.
 
    ACTIVITIES "CLOSELY RELATED" TO BANKING.  The BHCA prohibits a bank holding
company, with certain limited exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect
ownership or control of any voting shares of any company which is not a bank and
from engaging in any activities other than those of banking, managing or
controlling banks and certain other subsidiaries, or furnishing services to or
performing services for its subsidiaries. One principal exception to these
prohibitions allows the acquisition of interests in companies whose activities
are found by the Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation, to be so closely
related to banking or managing or controlling banks, as to be a proper incident
thereto. Some of the activities that have been determined by regulation to be
closely related to banking are making or servicing loans, performing certain
data processing services, acting as an investment or financial advisor to
certain investment trusts and investment companies, and providing securities
brokerage services. Other activities approved by the Federal Reserve Board
include consumer financial counseling, tax planning and tax preparation, futures
and options advisory services, check guaranty services, collection agency and
credit bureau services, and personal property appraisals. In approving
acquisitions by bank holding companies of companies engaged in banking-related
activities, the Federal Reserve Board considers a number of factors, and weighs
the expected benefits to the public (such as greater convenience and increased
competition or gains in efficiency) against the risks of possible adverse
effects (such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair
competition, conflicts of interest, or unsound banking practices). The Federal
Reserve Board is also empowered to differentiate between activities commenced de
novo and activities commenced through acquisition of a going concern.
 
    SECURITIES ACTIVITIES.  The Federal Reserve Board has approved applications
by bank holding companies to engage, through nonbank subsidiaries, in certain
securities-related activities not otherwise permitted for bank holding
companies, provided that the affiliates would not be "principally engaged" in
such activities for purposes of Section 20 of the Glass-Steagall Act. In limited
situations, holding companies may be able to use such subsidiaries to underwrite
and deal in corporate debt and equity securities.
 
    SAFE AND SOUND BANKING PRACTICES.  Bank holding companies are not permitted
to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve Board's
Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the
Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own
equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the
consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is
equal to 10% or more of the company's consolidated net worth. The Federal
Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction
would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or
regulation. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board would not be required
for the redemption or purchase of equity securities for a bank holding company
that would be well capitalized both before and after such transaction, well
managed and not subject to unresolved supervisory issues.
 
    The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank
holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and
unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations,
and can assess civil money penalties against any bank holding company and its
institution affiliated party for, among other things, any violation of law or
regulation, of any cease and desist order, or written agreement with the Federal
Reserve Board, with fines ranging from $5,000 per day up to $1,000,000 per day
if such violation was conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, and those
activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution.
 
    ANTI-TYING RESTRICTIONS.  Bank holding companies and their affiliates are
prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of
credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
    CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS.  The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a
system using risk-based capital guidelines to evaluate the capital adequacy of
bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are
assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of
the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to
determine a "risk-weighted" asset base. The guidelines require a minimum total
risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist
of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2
capital. As of September 30, 1998, the Company's ratio of Tier 1 capital to
total risk-weighted assets was 8.94% and its ratio of total capital to total
risk-weighted assets was 10.19%. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Resources."
 
    In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board
uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of
bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company's Tier 1 capital divided
by its average total consolidated assets. Certain highly-rated bank holding
companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding
companies may be required to maintain a leverage ratio of up to 200 basis points
above the regulatory minimum. As of September 30, 1998, the Company's leverage
ratio was 6.39%. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Resources."
 
    The federal banking agencies' risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum
supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet
certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory
rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate
with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank
regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a particular banking
organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant.
Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that banking organizations
experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain
strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels,
without significant reliance on intangible assets.
 
    IMPOSITION OF LIABILITY FOR UNDERCAPITALIZED SUBSIDIARIES.  Bank regulators
are required to take "prompt corrective action" to resolve problems associated
with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain
levels. In the event an institution becomes "undercapitalized," it must submit a
capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by
the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized
institution guarantees the subsidiary's compliance with the capital restoration
plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository
institution's holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in
bankruptcy.
 
    The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank
is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution's assets at the time it became
undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be
"adequately capitalized." The bank regulators have greater power in situations
where an institution becomes "significantly" or "critically" undercapitalized or
fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company
controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve
Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a
consolidation or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.
 
    ACQUISITIONS BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES.  The BHCA requires every bank
holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before
it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership
or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would
own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of
such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal
Reserve Board is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and
future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the
convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and various competitive
factors.
 
    CONTROL ACQUISITIONS.  The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or
group of persons from acquiring "control" of a bank holding company unless the
Federal Reserve Board has been notified and
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established
by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% of more of a class of
voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such as the Company, would, under the
circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of
the Company.
 
    In addition, any company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal
Reserve Board under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror
that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the
Company, or otherwise obtaining control or a "controlling influence" over the
Company.
 
THE BANK
 
    The Bank is a nationally chartered banking association, the deposits of
which are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC. The Bank's
primary regulator is the OCC. By virtue of the insurance of its deposits,
however, the Bank is also subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC.
Such supervision and regulation subjects the Bank to special restrictions,
requirements, potential enforcement actions and periodic examination by the OCC.
Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates the bank holding company parent of
the Bank, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority which
directly affects the Bank.
 
    BRANCHING.  The establishment of a branch must be approved by the OCC, which
considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy,
earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and
consistency with corporate powers.
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND INSIDERS.  Transactions
between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including the Company, are
subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any
company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with the bank. Currently, a subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository
institution is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for purposes of Sections
23A and 23B, but the Federal Reserve Board has proposed treating any subsidiary
of a bank that is engaged in activities not permissible for bank holding
companies under the BHCA as an affiliate for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B.
In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and
also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It
also limits the amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by
the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
    Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal
Reserve Act which generally requires that certain transactions between the Bank
and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable
to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or
involving other nonaffiliated persons.
 
    The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal
shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as
"insiders") contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all
insured depository institutions and their subsidiaries. These restrictions
include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before
such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to
insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the
institution's total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the OCC may determine
that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions
for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTION OF SUBSIDIARY BANK DIVIDENDS AND ASSETS.  For
the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to the
Company will be the Company's principal source of operating funds. Capital
adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by
the Bank. Until capital surplus equals or exceeds capital stock, a national bank
must transfer to surplus 10% of its net income for the preceding four quarters
in the case of an annual dividend or 10% of its net income for the preceding two
quarters in the case of a quarterly or semiannual dividend. At September 30,
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
1998, the Bank's capital surplus exceeded its capital stock. Without prior
approval, a national bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all
dividends, declared by the bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the
bank's retained net income for the current year and retained net income for the
preceding two years. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after
paying the dividend, the Bank will be "undercapitalized." The OCC may declare a
dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even though the Bank would continue to
meet its capital requirements after the dividend.
 
    Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its
subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any
subsidiary upon the subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization will be subject
to the prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors. In the event of a liquidation
or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of
depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a
priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the
institution to its shareholders, arising as a result of their status as
shareholders, including any depository institution holding company (such as the
Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof.
 
    EXAMINATIONS.  The OCC periodically examines and evaluates insured banks.
Based upon such an evaluation, the OCC may revalue the assets of the institution
and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference
between the OCC-determined value and the book value of such assets.
 
    AUDIT REPORTS.  Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or
more must submit annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors to
federal regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution's
holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive
examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of enforcement actions.
In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, management's certifications concerning responsibility for
the financial statements, internal controls and compliance with legal
requirements designated by the OCC, and an attestation by the auditor regarding
the statements of management relating to the internal controls must be
submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion,
independent auditors may be required to review quarterly financial statements.
FDICIA requires that independent audit committees be formed, consisting of
outside directors only. The committees of such institutions must include members
with experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside
counsel, and must not include representatives of large customers.
 
    CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS.  Similar to the Federal Reserve Board's
requirements for bank holding companies, the OCC has adopted regulations
establishing minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of national banks.
The OCC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has
previously received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest
rate risk.
 
    The OCC's risk-based capital guidelines generally require national banks to
have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and
a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. As of September
30, 1998, the Bank's ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets was
8.94% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 10.19%.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation of the Company--Capital Resources."
 
    The OCC's leverage guidelines require national banks to maintain Tier 1
capital of no less than 5.0% of average total assets, except in the case of
certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total
assets. The OCC and the other federal banking regulators have proposed
amendments to their minimum capital regulations to provide that the minimum
leverage capital ratio for a depository institution that has been assigned the
highest composite rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating
System will be 3.0% and that the minimum leverage capital ratio for any other
depository institution will be 4.0%, unless a higher leverage capital ratio is
warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the depository
institution. As of September 30, 1998, the Bank's ratio of Tier 1 capital to
average total assets (leverage ratio) was 6.39%. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation of the
Company--Capital Resources."
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
    CORRECTIVE MEASURES FOR CAPITAL DEFICIENCIES.  The federal banking
regulators are required to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to
capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital
category, the levels at which institutions are "well capitalized," "adequately
capitalized," "under capitalized," "significantly under capitalized" and
"critically under capitalized." A "well capitalized" bank has a total risk based
capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 6.0% or
higher; a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written
agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital level
for any capital measure. An "adequately capitalized" bank has a total risk based
capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 4.0% or
higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated
a composite 1 in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing
significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank.
A bank is "under capitalized" if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required
to be adequately capitalized.
 
    In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital
restoration plan, agency regulations authorize broad restrictions on certain
activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth,
acquisitions, branch establishment, and expansion into new lines of business.
With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from
making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying
management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized
after any such distribution or payment.
 
    As an institution's capital decreases, the OCC's enforcement powers become
more severe. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated
capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions
with affiliates, removal of management, and other restrictions. The OCC has only
very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized
institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.
 
    Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required
minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the
termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary
suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no
tangible capital.
 
    DEPOSIT INSURANCE ASSESSMENTS.  The Bank must pay assessments to the FDIC
for federal deposit insurance protection. The FDIC has adopted a risk based
assessment system as required by FDICIA. Under this system, FDIC-insured
depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk
classification. Institutions assigned to higher-risk classifications (that is,
institutions that pose a greater risk of loss to their respective deposit
insurance funds) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a
lower risk. An institution's risk classification is assigned based on its
capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the
regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain
instances.
 
    The FDIC established a process for raising or lowering all rates for insured
institutions semi-annually if conditions warrant a change. Under this new
system, the FDIC has the flexibility to adjust the assessment rate schedule
twice a year without seeking prior public comment, but only within a range of
five cents per $100 above or below the assessment schedule adopted. Changes in
the rate schedule outside the five cent range above or below the current
schedule can be made by the FDIC only after a full rulemaking with opportunity
for public comment.
 
    On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed into law an act that
contained a comprehensive approach to recapitalizing the Savings Association
Insurance Fund ("SAIF") and to assure the payment of the Financing Corporation's
("FICO") bond obligations. Under this new act, banks insured under the BIF are
required to pay a portion of the interest due on bonds that were issued by FICO
to help shore up the ailing Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in
1987. The BIF rate must equal one-fifth of the SAIF rate through year-end 1999,
or until the insurance funds are merged, whichever occurs first. Thereafter BIF
and SAIF payers will be assessed pro rata for the FICO bond obligations. With
regard to the assessment for the FICO obligation, the current BIF rate is 0.122%
of deposits and the SAIF rate is 0.610% of deposits.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
    ENFORCEMENT POWERS.  The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have
broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance,
impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties and appoint a
conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and
supervisory agreements could subject the Company or its banking subsidiaries, as
well as officers, directors and other institution-affiliated parties of these
organizations, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil
money penalties. The appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as
conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may appoint
itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of
circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the fact that the banking
institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming
adequately capitalized; fails to become adequately capitalized when required to
do so; fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan; or
materially fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan.
 
    BROKERED DEPOSIT RESTRICTIONS.  Adequately capitalized institutions cannot
accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except with a waiver from the FDIC,
and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such
deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over
brokered deposits.
 
    CROSS-GUARANTEE PROVISIONS.  The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") contains a "cross-guarantee" provision which
generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to
the FDIC for any losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly
controlled depository institution.
 
    COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT.  The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA")
and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help
meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These
regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank's record in meeting
the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish
branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume
the liabilities of another bank. FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to
make public a rating of a bank's performance under the CRA. In the case of a
bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the
transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to
acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any
other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or
block the transaction.
 
    CONSUMER LAWS AND REGULATIONS.  In addition to the laws and regulations
discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and
regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks.
While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations
include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds
Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act, and the Fair Housing Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate
certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial
institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to
such customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these
consumer protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer
relations.
 
INSTABILITY OF REGULATORY STRUCTURE
 
    Various legislation, including proposals to overhaul the bank regulatory
system, expand the powers of banking institutions and bank holding companies and
limit the investments that a depository institution may make with insured funds,
is from time to time introduced in Congress. Such legislation may change banking
statutes and the operating environment of the Company and its banking
subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot determine
the ultimate effect that potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing
regulations with respect thereto, would have upon the financial condition or
results of operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
EXPANDING ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY
 
    One of the major additional burdens imposed on the banking industry by
FDICIA is the increased ability of banking regulators to monitor the activities
of banks and their holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and
OCC possess extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and
violations of applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions and
their holding companies. For example, the FDIC may terminate the deposit
insurance of any institution which it determines has engaged in an unsafe or
unsound practice. The agencies can also assess civil money penalties, issue
cease and desist or removal orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such
actions. FDICIA, FIRREA and other laws have expanded the agencies' authority in
recent years, and the agencies have not yet fully tested the limits of their
powers.
 
EFFECT ON ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
 
    The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the
Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of
bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the
Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in
U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank
borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits.
These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and
distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect
interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.
 
    Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the
operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue
to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of
such policies on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries
cannot be predicted.
 
                    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY
 
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 2,000,000 shares
of preferred stock, $1.00 per share par value ("Preferred Stock"), issuable in
series, none of which are issued and outstanding and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $1.00 per share par value, of which 5,654,560 shares were issued
and outstanding as of the date of this Prospectus. The terms of any new series
of Preferred Stock may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company within
certain limits set by the Company's Articles of Incorporation. As of the date of
this Prospectus, an additional 120,000 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon
exercise of the Company's outstanding director stock options.
 
    The following discussion of the terms and provisions of the Company's
capital stock is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company's
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which have been filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The
Preferred Stock (or other securities convertible in whole or in part into
Preferred Stock) is available for issuance from time to time for various
purposes as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, including, without
limitation, making future acquisitions, raising additional equity capital and
financing. Subject to certain limits set by the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, the Preferred Stock (or such convertible securities) may be
issued on such terms and conditions, and at such times and in such situations,
as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion determines to be appropriate,
without any further approval or action by the shareholders (unless otherwise
required by laws, rules, regulations or agreements applicable to the Company).
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
    Moreover, except as otherwise limited by the Articles of Incorporation or
applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Board of Directors has the sole
authority to determine the relative rights and preferences of the Preferred
Stock and any series thereof without shareholder approval. The Company's
Articles of Incorporation require all shares of Preferred Stock to be identical,
except as to the following characteristics, which may vary between different
series of Preferred Stock:
 
    (i) dividend rate, preference of dividend with respect to any other class or
        series of stock, and cumulativity, non-cumulativity or partial
        cumulativity of dividends;
 
    (ii) redemption price and terms;
 
   (iii) sinking fund provisions for the redemption or purchase of shares;
 
    (iv) the amount payable upon shares in the event of voluntary or involuntary
         liquidation;
 
    (v) the terms and conditions on which shares may be converted, if the shares
        of any series are issued with the privilege of conversion;
 
    (vi) voting rights; and
 
   (vii) such other powers, preferences and rights as the Board of Directors
         shall determine.
 
    The Board of Directors does not intend to seek shareholder approval prior to
any issuance of Preferred Stock or any series thereof, unless otherwise required
by law. Under the Texas Business Corporation Act ("TBCA"), shareholder approval
prior to the issuance of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock is required
in connection with certain mergers. Frequently, opportunities arise that require
prompt action, such as the possible acquisition of a property or business or the
private sale of securities, and it is the belief of the Board of Directors that
the delay necessary for shareholder approval of a specific issuance could be to
the detriment of the Company and its shareholders. The Board of Directors does
not intend to issue any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock except on
terms which the Board of Directors deems to be in the best interests of the
Company and its then existing shareholders.
 
    Although the Preferred Stock could be deemed to have an anti-takeover
effect, the Board of Directors is not aware of any takeover efforts. If a
hostile takeover situation should arise, shares of Preferred Stock could be
issued to purchasers sympathetic with the Company's management or others in such
a way as to render more difficult or to discourage a merger, tender offer, proxy
contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Company's
securities or the removal of incumbent management.
 
    The effects of the issuance of the Preferred Stock on the holders of Common
Stock could include, among other things, (i) reduction of the amount otherwise
available for payments of dividends on Common Stock if dividends are payable on
the series of Preferred Stock; (ii) restrictions on dividends on Common Stock if
dividends on the series of Preferred Stock are in arrears; (iii) dilution of the
voting power of Common Stock if the series of Preferred Stock has voting rights,
including a possible "veto" power if the series of Preferred Stock has class
voting rights; (iv) dilution of the equity interest of holders of Common Stock
if the series of Preferred Stock is convertible, and is converted, into Common
Stock; and (v) restrictions on the rights of holders of Common Stock to share in
the Company's assets upon liquidation until satisfaction of any liquidation
preference granted to the holders of the series of Preferred Stock. Holders of
Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any
Preferred Stock or securities convertible into Preferred Stock that may be
issued.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of
Common Stock owned. Except as expressly provided by law and except for any
voting rights which may be conferred by the Board of Directors on any shares of
Preferred Stock issued, all voting power is in the Common Stock. Holders of
Common Stock may not cumulate their votes for the election of directors. Holders
of Common Stock do
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
not have preemptive rights to acquire any additional, unissued or treasury
shares of the Company, or securities of the Company convertible into or carrying
a right to subscribe for or acquire shares of the Company. Holders of Common
Stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available
therefor, if and when properly declared by the Board of Directors. See "Risk
Factors--Restrictions on Ability to Pay Dividends" and "Supervision and
Regulation."
 
    On the liquidation of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled
to share pro rata in any distribution of the assets of the Company, after the
holders of shares of Preferred Stock have received the liquidation preference of
their shares plus any cumulated but unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or
declared), if any, and after all other indebtedness of the Company has been
retired.
 
TEXAS LAW AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
    Certain provisions of Texas law, the Company's Articles of Incorporation and
the Company's Bylaws could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by
means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of
incumbent officers and directors. These provisions are intended to discourage
certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to
encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to negotiate first
with the Company.
 
    The Company is subject to the provisions of the Texas Business Combination
Law (Articles 13.01 through 13.08 of the TBCA), which provides that a Texas
corporation such as the Company may not engage in certain business combinations,
including mergers, consolidations and asset sales, with a person, or an
affiliate or associate of such person, who is an "Affiliated Shareholder"
(generally defined as the holder of 20% or more of the corporation's voting
shares) for a period of three years from the date such person became an
Affiliated Shareholder unless: (i) the business combination or purchase or
acquisition of shares made by the Affiliated Shareholder was approved by the
board of directors of the corporation before the Affiliated Shareholder became
an Affiliated Shareholder or (ii) the business combination was approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting
shares of the corporation not beneficially owned by the Affiliated Shareholder,
at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose (and not by written
consent), not less than six months after the Affiliated Shareholder became an
Affiliated Shareholder. The Texas Business Combination Law is not applicable to:
(i) the business combination of a corporation: (a) where the corporation's
original charter or bylaws contain a provision expressly electing not to be
governed by the Texas Business Combination Law, (b) that adopts an amendment to
its charter or bylaws before December 31, 1997, expressly electing not to be
governed by the Texas Business Combination Law, or (c) that adopts an amendment
to its charter or bylaws after December 31, 1997, by the affirmative vote of the
holders, other than Affiliated Shareholders, of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting shares of the corporation, expressly electing not to be
governed by the Texas Business Combination Law; (ii) a business combination of a
corporation with an Affiliated Shareholder that became an Affiliated Shareholder
inadvertently, if the Affiliated Shareholder: (a) as soon as practicable divests
itself of enough shares to no longer be an Affiliated Shareholder and (b) would
not at any time within the three year period preceding the announcement of the
business combination have been an Affiliated Shareholder but for the inadvertent
acquisition; (iii) a business combination with an Affiliated Shareholder that
was the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the
corporation on December 31, 1996, and continuously until the announcement date
of the business combination; (iv) a business combination with an Affiliated
Shareholder who became an Affiliated Shareholder through a transfer of shares of
the corporation by will or intestate succession and continuously was such an
Affiliated Shareholder until the announcement date of the business combination;
and (v) a business combination of a corporation with a wholly owned subsidiary
if the subsidiary is not an affiliate or associate of the Affiliated Shareholder
other than by reason of the Affiliated Shareholder's beneficial ownership of the
voting shares of the corporation. Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor the
Bylaws of the Company contain any provision expressly providing that the Company
will not be subject to the Texas Business Combination Law. The Texas Business
Combination Law may have the effect of inhibiting a non-
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
negotiated merger or other business combination involving the Company, even if
such event would be beneficial to the Company's shareholders.
 
    The following discussion is a summary of certain material provisions of the
Company's Articles of Incorporation and the Company's Bylaws, copies of which
are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is
a part.
 
    CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Under the Company's Bylaws, the Board of
Directors is classified into three classes, with the directors being elected for
staggered, three-year terms. The classification of the Company's Board of
Directors will have the effect of making it more difficult to change the
composition of the Board of Directors, because at least two annual meetings of
the shareholders would be required to change the control of the Board of
Directors rather than one. In addition, the Bylaws provide that directors may be
removed by the shareholders only for cause and that vacancies on the Board of
Directors may be filled by the remaining directors.
 
    ADVANCE NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS AND NOMINATIONS.  The Company's
Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to make
nominations of candidates for election as directors or bring other business
before an annual meeting of shareholders of the Company (the "Shareholder Notice
Procedure"). The Shareholder Notice Procedure provides that only persons who are
nominated by, or at the direction of, the Board, or by a shareholder who has
given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company prior to the meeting
at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors
of the Company and that, at an annual meeting, only such business may be
conducted as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, the
Board of Directors or by a shareholder who has given timely written notice to
the Secretary of the Company of such shareholder's intention to bring such
business before such meeting.
 
    Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, for notice of shareholder
nominations or other business to be made at an annual meeting to be timely, such
notice must be received by the Company not less than 60 days prior to the
meeting. A shareholder's notice to the Company proposing to nominate a person
for election as a director or proposing other business must contain certain
information specified in the Bylaws, including the identity and address of the
nominating shareholder, a representation that the shareholder is a record holder
of stock of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting and information
regarding each proposed nominee or each proposed matter of business that would
be required under the federal securities laws to be included in a proxy
statement soliciting proxies for the proposed nominee.
 
    The Shareholder Notice Procedure may have the effect of precluding a contest
for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if
the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third
party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of
directors or to approve its own proposal, without regard to whether
consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to
the Company and its shareholders.
 
    SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.  The Articles of Incorporation provide
that special meetings of shareholders can be called by shareholders only at the
request of the holders of not less than one-half of the outstanding shares of
stock entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
    REDUCED SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN ACTIONS.  The Company's
Articles of Incorporation provide that, notwithstanding any provision of the
TBCA that would require approval of more than a majority of the shares entitled
to vote on such matter and present or represented by proxy at the meeting, the
vote or approval of a majority of the shares of the Company's stock entitled to
vote on such matter will be sufficient to approve such matter. This provision
reduces the required shareholder approval level for certain actions such as a
merger, a consolidation, a share exchange, certain sales of substantially all of
the Company's assets, a dissolution or an amendment to the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, each of which would otherwise require two-thirds shareholder
approval under Texas law.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
    NO ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT.  Under the
TBCA, no action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special
meeting of shareholders may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting of
shareholders without the unanimous written consent of all shareholders unless
the articles of incorporation specifically allow action by less than unanimous
written consent. The Company's Articles of Incorporation do not contain such a
provision.
 
    AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.  The Company's Bylaws provide that the Bylaws may be
amended only by the Board of Directors. Shareholders do not have the power to
amend the Company Bylaws.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement among the
Company and the Underwriter, the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the
Company 1,350,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price
less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus.
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriter
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriter will
purchase all such shares of the Common Stock if any of such shares are
purchased. The Underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of
Common Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the over-allotment
option described below) if any are taken.
 
   
    The Company has been advised by the Underwriter that the Underwriter
proposes to offer such shares of Common Stock to the public at the public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain
dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $0.45 per share. The
Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess
of $0.10 per share to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering,
the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriter.
    
 
    Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company has granted to the
Underwriter an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to 202,500 additional shares of Common Stock at the
public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus, solely to cover over-allotments. To the
extent that the Underwriter exercises such option, the Underwriter will become
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase such additional shares.
 
    The Company, each of its directors and executive officers, and certain other
shareholders of the Company have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, except that the
Company may issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of currently
outstanding options. See "Risk Factors--Shares Available for Future Sale."
 
    The Underwriter has advised the Company that the Underwriter does not intend
to confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority.
 
    The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Commission (as defined herein) may limit the ability of the Underwriter to bid
for and purchase the Common Stock. As an exception to these rules, the
Underwriter is permitted to engage in certain transactions that stabilize the
price of the Common Stock. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for
the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock.
 
    If the Underwriter creates a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the Offering, i.e., if it sells a greater aggregate number of
shares of Common Stock than is set forth on the cover page of this
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
Prospectus, the Underwriter may reduce the short position by purchasing shares
of Common Stock in the open market. The Underwriter may also elect to reduce any
short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described
above.
 
   
    The Underwriter may also impose a penalty bid on certain selling group
members. This means that if the Underwriter purchases shares of Common Stock in
the open market to reduce the Underwriter's short position or to stabilize the
price of the Common Stock, it may reclaim the amount of the selling concession
from the selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offering.
    
 
    In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.
 
    Neither the Company nor the Underwriter makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither
the Company nor the Underwriter makes any representation that the Underwriter
will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will
not be discontinued without notice.
 
    The Underwriter and dealers may engage in passive market making transactions
in the shares of Common Stock in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M
promulgated by the Commission. In general, a passive market maker may not bid
for, or purchase, shares of Common Stock at a price that exceeds the highest
independent bid. In addition, the net daily purchases made by any passive market
maker generally may not exceed (i) 30% of its average daily trading volume in
the Common Stock during a specified two month prior period, or (ii) 200 shares,
whichever is greater. A passive market maker must identify passive market making
bids as such on the Nasdaq electronic inter-dealer reporting system. Passive
market making may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Stock
above independent market levels. The Underwriter and dealers are not required to
engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at
any time.
 
   
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has been
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Underwriter. Among the
factors considered in such negotiations were prevailing market and general
economic conditions, the market capitalizations, trading histories and
performance of other traded companies that the Company and the Underwriter
believed to be comparable to the Company, the results of operations of the
Company in recent periods, the current financial position of the Company and
estimates of the business potential of the Company. Additionally, consideration
was given to the general status of the securities market, the market conditions
for new issues of securities and the demand for securities of comparable
companies at the time the Offering was made.
    
 
    The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq/National
Market under the symbol MCBI.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company will
be passed upon by Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal
matters with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for
the Underwriter by Thacher Proffitt & Wood, Washington, D.C.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 included in this
Prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company has not previously been subject to the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company has filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act, with
respect to the offer and sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Prospectus. This
Prospectus, filed as a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all
of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or the exhibits and
schedules thereto in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission
and reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Statements made in
this Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement are summaries of the
terms of such contracts, agreements or documents and are not necessarily
complete but do contain a description of all of the material features of the
exhibits. Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description
of the matters involved and such statements shall be deemed qualified in their
entirety by such reference. The Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto filed with the Commission may be inspected, without charge,
and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility
maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center,
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60621-2511. For further
information pertaining to the Common Stock offered by this Prospectus and the
Company, reference is made to the Registration Statement. The Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto filed by the Company with the Commission are
also available at the Commission's World Wide Web site on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov.
 
    The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual reports
containing audited financial statements certified by independent auditors and
quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements for the first three
quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                  METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................     F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and September 30, 1998 (unaudited)............     F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and for the Nine
  Months Ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited).....................................................     F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and
  for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)........................................     F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
  1995 and for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited)........................................     F-6
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and for the Nine
  Months Ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited).....................................................     F-7
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................     F-8
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
 
MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in
shareholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
Company) at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Houston, Texas
 
February 20, 1998 (except for Note 18, as to which
the date is October 26, 1998)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  30,      --------------------
                                                                 1998        1997       1996
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>        <C>
                                            ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents:
  Cash and due from banks...................................   $  17,198   $  17,979  $  15,219
  Federal funds sold and other temporary investments........       8,273      13,239     14,774
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total cash and cash equivalents.........................      25,471      31,218     29,993
Investments available-for-sale..............................      72,154      41,612     25,626
Investments held-to-maturity................................      57,466      71,012     78,054
Loans, net..................................................     379,301     345,341    278,456
Premises and equipment, net.................................       8,095       8,073      8,071
Accrued interest receivable.................................       3,098       3,141      2,817
Deferred income taxes.......................................       2,652       1,630      1,171
Due from customers on acceptances...........................       1,201       1,460      1,317
Other real estate and repossessed assets, net...............         575         606        739
Other assets................................................       1,176         958        743
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total assets............................................   $ 551,189   $ 505,051  $ 426,987
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
 
                             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
  Noninterest-bearing.......................................   $  80,629   $  74,590  $  59,369
  Interest-bearing..........................................     398,986     371,269    321,920
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total deposits..........................................     479,615     445,859    381,289
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
Federal funds purchased.....................................          --       5,000      5,000
Other borrowings............................................      25,430      16,611      9,566
Accrued interest payable....................................       1,005       1,036        924
Income taxes payable........................................       1,086       1,066         --
Acceptances outstanding.....................................       2,405       1,460      1,317
Other liabilities...........................................       6,061       3,513      3,493
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities.......................................     515,602     474,545    401,589
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14).....................          --          --         --
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 2,000,000 shares
    authorized, none of which are issued and outstanding....          --          --         --
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, 20,000,000 shares
    authorized; 5,654,560, 5,556,248 and 5,364,168 shares
    issued and outstanding, respectively....................       5,655       5,655      5,364
  Additional paid-in capital................................      12,848      12,795     11,804
  Retained earnings.........................................      16,103      12,003      7,835
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................         981         808        395
  Treasury stock, at cost (98,312 shares at December 31,
    1997)...................................................          --        (755)        --
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total shareholders' equity..............................      35,587      30,506     25,398
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity..............   $ 551,189   $ 505,051  $ 426,987
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                               1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest income:
  Loans....................................................  $  28,934  $  23,984  $  33,028  $  23,884  $  15,876
  Securities:
    Taxable................................................      4,535      4,585      6,161      6,103      5,837
    Tax-exempt.............................................        718        726        968        817        779
  Federal funds sold and other temporary investments.......      1,057        738        998        719        573
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total interest income................................     35,244     30,033     41,155     31,523     23,065
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Interest expense:
  Time deposits............................................     11,579     10,070     13,685     10,275      6,709
  Demand and savings deposits..............................      3,068      2,498      3,430      3,010      2,162
  Other borrowings.........................................        413        704      1,023        642        769
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total interest expense...............................     15,060     13,272     18,138     13,927      9,640
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net interest income........................................     20,184     16,761     23,017     17,596     13,425
Provision for loan losses..................................      2,520      1,504      3,350      2,118        792
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses........     17,664     15,257     19,667     15,478     12,633
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Noninterest income:
  Service charges on deposit accounts......................      2,331      1,664      2,248      1,981      2,083
  Other loan-related fees..................................      1,061      1,035      1,440        972        428
  Letters of credit commissions and fees...................        280        246        357        359        330
  Gain on sale of investment securities, net...............         --        151        189         56         62
  Other noninterest income.................................        201        113        157         78         --
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total noninterest income.............................      3,873      3,209      4,391      3,446      2,903
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Noninterest expense:
  Employee compensation and benefits.......................      7,197      6,488      8,940      8,048      5,932
  Occupancy................................................      3,573      2,823      3,843      3,330      1,965
  Other real estate, net...................................        264        323        474        199         77
  Data processing..........................................        438        327        465        283        369
  Professional fees........................................        387        325        431        346        274
  Advertising..............................................        283        251        332        308        260
  Other noninterest expense................................      3,347      2,868      3,611      3,588      2,968
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total noninterest expense............................     15,489     13,405     18,096     16,102     11,845
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before provision for income taxes...................      6,048      5,061      5,962      2,822      3,691
Provision for income taxes.................................      1,948      1,527      1,794        809      1,091
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.................................................  $   4,100  $   3,534  $   4,168  $   2,013  $   2,600
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings per common share:
  Basic....................................................  $    0.73  $    0.63  $     .75  $     .38  $     .52
  Diluted..................................................  $    0.71  $    0.63  $     .74  $     .37  $     .51
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic....................................................      5,625      5,589      5,581      5,364      5,015
  Diluted..................................................      5,745      5,635      5,616      5,444      5,104
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                     1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net income.......................................................  $   4,100  $   3,534  $   4,168  $   2,013  $   2,600
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (see Note 8):
  Unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net:
    Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the
      period.....................................................        173        405        538        (69)     1,180
    Less--reclassification adjustment for gains included in net
      income.....................................................         --       (100)      (125)       (65)       (13)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Other comprehensive income (loss)............................        173        305        413       (134)     1,167
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total comprehensive income...................................  $   4,273  $   3,839  $   4,581  $   1,879  $   3,767
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND
                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        ACCUMULATED
                                            COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL                  OTHER       TREASURY
                                       ----------------------    PAID-IN    RETAINED   COMPREHENSIVE   STOCK, AT
                                         SHARES      AT PAR      CAPITAL    EARNINGS   INCOME (LOSS)     COST        TOTAL
                                       -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance at January 1, 1995...........       4,656   $   4,656   $   9,371   $   5,206    $    (638)    $      --   $  18,595
Stock dividend.......................         464         464       1,520      (1,984)          --            --          --
Issuance of common stock.............         216         216         874          --           --            --       1,090
Exercise of stock options and related
  tax benefit........................          28          28          39          --           --            --          67
Other comprehensive income...........          --          --          --          --        1,167            --       1,167
Net income...........................          --          --          --       2,600           --            --       2,600
                                            -----   ---------  -----------  ---------       ------         -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.........       5,364       5,364      11,804       5,822          529            --      23,519
Other comprehensive loss.............          --          --          --          --         (134)           --        (134)
Net income...........................          --          --          --       2,013           --            --       2,013
                                            -----   ---------  -----------  ---------       ------         -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.........       5,364       5,364      11,804       7,835          395            --      25,398
Issuance of common stock.............         211         211         789          --           --            --       1,000
Repurchase of common stock...........         (99)         --          --          --           --          (755)       (755)
Exercise of stock options and related
  tax benefit........................          80          80         202          --           --            --         282
Other comprehensive income...........          --          --          --          --          413            --         413
Net income...........................          --          --          --       4,168           --            --       4,168
                                            -----   ---------  -----------  ---------       ------         -----   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997.........       5,556       5,655      12,795      12,003          808          (755)     30,506
Repurchase of common stock
  (unaudited)........................         (26)         --          --          --           --          (204)       (204)
Shares issued for incentive plans
  (unaudited)........................          33          --          --          --           --           254         254
Sale of treasury stock (unaudited)...          92          --          53          --           --           705         758
Other comprehensive income
  (unaudited)........................          --          --          --          --          173            --         173
Net income (unaudited)...............          --          --          --       4,100           --            --       4,100
                                            -----   ---------  -----------  ---------       ------         -----   ---------
Balance at September 30, 1998
  (unaudited)........................       5,655   $   5,655   $  12,848   $  16,103    $     981     $      --   $  35,587
                                            -----   ---------  -----------  ---------       ------         -----   ---------
                                            -----   ---------  -----------  ---------       ------         -----   ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ----------------------  -----------------------------------
                                                                   1998        1997        1997        1996         1995
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:--
  Net income..................................................  $    4,100  $    3,607  $    4,168  $     2,013  $    2,600
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation..............................................       1,538       1,245       1,689        1,391         646
    Provision for loan losses.................................       2,153       1,504       3,350        2,118         792
    Gain on securities sales, net.............................          --        (203)       (189)         (56)        (62)
    Loss (gain) on sale of other real estate..................          19         (12)        (28)          35         (77)
    Deferred income taxes.....................................      (1,101)     (1,414)       (660)        (361)       (308)
    Changes in:
      Accrued interest receivable.............................          43          45        (324)        (696)       (421)
      Other assets............................................        (561)     (2,239)       (253)          56        (491)
      Accrued interest payable................................         (31)         56         112          115         328
      Deferred loan fees......................................         146         575       1,010          855         520
      Other liabilities.......................................       2,548        (187)         20          891       1,284
      Income taxes payable....................................          20       1,620       1,066         (361)        361
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
        Net cash provided by operating activities.............       8,874       4,597       9,961        6,000       5,172
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Purchases of investments available-for-sale...............     (36,649)    (26,160)    (26,212)     (12,709)    (10,137)
    Proceeds from maturities of investments available-
      for-sale................................................       6,346       8,500      11,021       16,390      40,335
    Purchases of investments held-to-maturity.................          --      (4,974)     (4,975)     (13,248)    (50,433)
    Proceeds from maturities of investments
      held-to-maturity........................................      13,559       8,816      12,031       16,489       3,694
    Net change in loans.......................................     (36,259)    (47,165)    (73,591)    (106,179)    (52,870)
    Proceeds from sales of other real estate..................         355         370       2,539          138         597
    Purchases of premises and equipment.......................      (1,560)     (1,158)     (1,691)      (3,411)     (4,511)
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
      Net cash used by investing activities...................     (54,208)    (61,771)    (80,878)    (102,530)    (73,325)
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net change in:
    Deposits..................................................      33,756      51,224      64,570       96,136      88,018
    Other borrowings..........................................      10,023      14,226       7,045          293      (3,319)
    Federal funds purchased...................................      (5,000)     (5,000)         --        5,000          --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock......................          --       1,282       1,282           --       1,157
  Treasury stock sold/(purchased), net........................         808        (755)       (755)          --          --
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities...............      39,587      60,977      72,142      101,429      85,856
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................      (5,747)      3,803       1,225        4,899      17,703
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..............      31,218      29,993      29,993       25,094       7,391
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....................  $   25,471  $   33,796  $   31,218  $    29,993  $   25,094
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    The consolidated financial statements of MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (the
"Company") include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary,
MetroBank National Association (the "Bank") (see Note 18). The Bank was formed
in 1987 and is engaged in commercial banking activities through its ten branches
in Houston and Dallas, Texas, and its loan production office in New Orleans,
Louisiana. In August 1993, the Bank formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Island
Commercial Corporation (ICC), to own and operate certain foreclosed properties.
In February 1994, the Bank formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Advantage Finance
Corporation (AFC), to purchase and finance accounts receivable.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions which affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues
and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
Because of the inherent uncertainties in this process, actual future results
could differ from those expected at the reporting date.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 1998 and
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 have not been audited but,
in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of results for the interim
periods. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
and 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.
 
    The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed
in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The accounting
policies and practices of the Company conform to generally accepted accounting
principles and to prevailing industry practices and, where applicable, the
accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks,
federal funds sold, and other temporary investments with original maturities of
less than three months.
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
    The Company segregates its investment portfolio in accordance with the
requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities", as either investments
held-to-maturity or investments available-for-sale. All investment transactions
are recorded on a trade date basis.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES --(CONTINUED)
    Investments in securities for which the Company has both the ability and
intent to hold to maturity are classified as investments held-to-maturity and
are stated at amortized cost. Amortization of premiums and accretion of
discounts are recognized as adjustments to interest income using the
effective-interest method.
 
    Investments in securities which management believes may be sold prior to
maturity are classified as investments available-for-sale and are stated at fair
value. Unrealized net gains and losses, net of the associated deferred income
tax effect, are excluded from income and reported as a separate component of
shareholders' equity in "Accumulated other comprehensive income". Realized gains
and losses from sales of investments available-for-sale are recognized through
income at the time of sale using the specific identification method.
 
LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, reduced by unearned
discounts, net deferred loan fees and an allowance for loan losses. Unearned
income on installment loans is recognized using the effective interest method
over the term of the loan. Interest on other loans is calculated using the
simple interest method on the daily principal amount outstanding. Nonrefundable
service charges for the origination of loans, net of direct costs, are deferred
and amortized over the terms of the related loans using a method which
approximates the effective-interest method.
 
    Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when principal or interest is past due
more than 90 days or when, in management's opinion, collection of principal and
interest is not likely to be made in accordance with a loan's contractual terms.
Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual
status is reversed against interest income. In addition, the amortization of
deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.
Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized only to the extent received in
cash; however, where there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility of the
loan principal, cash receipts, whether designated as principal or interest, are
thereafter applied to reduce the principal balance of the loan. Loans are
restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought
current and, in management's judgment, future payments are reasonably assured.
 
    The Bank applies Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114,
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" as amended by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
of a Loan--Income Recognition and Disclosures". Under Statement No. 114, as
amended, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is
probable that the borrower will be unable to pay contractual interest or
principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. Statement No. 118 permits
a creditor to use existing methods for recognizing interest income on impaired
loans. The Bank recognizes interest income on impaired loans pursuant to the
discussion above for nonaccrual loans.
 
    The allowance for loan losses provides for the risk of losses inherent in
the lending process. The allowance for loan losses is based on periodic reviews
and analyses of the loan portfolio which include consideration of such factors
as the risk rating of individual credits, the size and diversity of the
portfolio, economic conditions, prior loss experience and results of periodic
credit reviews of the portfolio. The
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES --(CONTINUED)
allowance for loan losses is increased by provisions for loan losses charged
against income and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. In management's
judgment, the allowance for loan losses is considered adequate to absorb losses
inherent in the loan portfolio.
 
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.
For financial accounting purposes, depreciation is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs which do not extend the life of bank premises and
equipment are charged to operations as incurred.
 
OTHER REAL ESTATE
 
    Other real estate consists of properties acquired through a foreclosure
proceeding or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. These properties are
carried at the lower of cost or fair value minus estimated costs to sell based
on appraised value. Operating expenses, net of related revenue and gain and
losses on sale of such assets, are reported as other real estate expense.
 
OTHER BORROWINGS
 
    Other borrowings include U.S. Treasury tax note option accounts with
maturities of 14 days or less and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Bank accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". Statement No. 109
provides for an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of
events that have been recognized in the Bank's financial statements or tax
returns. When management determines that it is more likely than not that a
deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established.
In estimating future tax consequences, Statement No. 109 generally considers all
expected future events other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income
available for common shareholders by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated
by dividing net earnings available for common shareholders by the weighted
average number of common and potentially dilutive common shares. Stock options
may be potentially dilutive common shares and are therefore considered in the
earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. The number of potentially dilutive
common shares is determined using the treasury stock method. Earnings per common
share have been computed based on weighted average number of shares outstanding
after giving retroactive effect to the 4-for-1 stock exchange in connection with
the holding company formation (see Note 18).
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES --(CONTINUED)
INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT
 
    The operations of the Bank are subject to the risk of interest rate
fluctuations to the extent that interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing
liabilities mature or reprice at different times or in differing amounts. Risk
management activities are aimed at optimizing net interest income, given a level
of interest rate risk consistent with the Bank's business strategies.
 
    Asset liability management activities are conducted in the context of the
Bank's asset sensitivity to interest rate changes. This asset sensitivity arises
due to interest-earning assets repricing more frequently than interest-bearing
liabilities. For example, if interest rates are declining, margins will narrow
as assets reprice downward more quickly than liabilities. The converse applies
when interest rates are on the rise.
 
    As part of the Bank's interest rate risk management, loans of approximately
$184,933,000, $192,918,000 and $162,158,000, at September 30, 1998, December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively, contain interest rate floors to reduce the
unfavorable impact to the Bank if interest rates were to decline. The interest
rate floors on these loans range from 7% to 11.25%.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," which establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive
income and its components in an entity's financial statements. This statement
requires that an enterprise (i) classify items of other comprehensive income by
their nature in a financial statement and (ii) display the accumulated balance
of other comprehensive income as a separate component in the equity section of a
statement of financial position. This statement is effective for reporting
periods beginning after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial
statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is required.
The adoption of Statement No. 130 had no impact on the Company's earnings,
liquidity or capital resources.
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information."
Statement No. 131 establishes standards for the way public business enterprises
report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major
customers. This statement is effective for reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 1997. The Company is currently reviewing the application of
Statement No. 131 and has not determined all segments it may report in the
future.
 
    In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(AICPA) issued Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed for Internal Use" (SOP 98-1), which will become effective for
financial statements for the calendar year 1999, with early adoption encouraged.
SOP 98-1 requires the capitalization of eligible costs of specified activities
related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company
is assessing how the capitalization of these costs, which are currently expensed
by the Company, will affect its earnings, liquidity or capital resources.
Management does not believe the impact of adoption will be material.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES --(CONTINUED)
    In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities."
Statement No. 133 establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and
hedging activities. It requires the recognition of all derivatives in the
statement of financial position as either assets or liabilities. In addition,
hedge accounting should only be provided for transactions that meet certain
specified criteria. This statement is effective for reporting periods beginning
after June 15, 1999. The adoption of Statement No. 133 is not expected to have a
material impact on the financial statements.
 
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain 1997, 1996 and 1995 amounts have been reclassified to conform to
1998 presentation.
 
2. SECURITIES
 
    In the normal course of business, the Bank invests in federal government,
federal agency, state and municipal securities which inherently carry interest
rate risks based upon overall economic trends and related market yield
fluctuations. Investment securities at September 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     GROSS         GROSS
                                                                      AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     MARKET
                                                                        COST         GAINS        LOSSES        VALUE
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -------------  ---------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Investments held-to-maturity:
  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) mortgage-backed
    securities (MBS)...............................................   $  16,426    $     272     $      (2)   $  16,696
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    (FHLMC)--MBS...................................................      12,908          189            --       13,097
  Government National Mortgage Association
    (GNMA)--MBS....................................................      12,623          291            --       12,914
  Municipal securities.............................................       7,370          296            --        7,666
  Small Business Administration (SBA)/Small Business Investment
    Company (SBIC).................................................       5,183          130           (37)       5,276
  Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)....................................       2,956           45            --        3,001
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
                                                                      $  57,466    $   1,223     $     (39)   $  58,650
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
Investments available-for-sale:
  FHLMC-MBS........................................................   $  16,787    $     632     $      (5)   $  17,414
  Municipal securities.............................................      10,301          616            --       10,917
  GNMA-MBS.........................................................      31,717          251           (47)      31,921
  FHLB.............................................................       1,998            8            --        2,006
  U.S. Treasury Notes..............................................       1,983           92            --        2,075
  FNMA-MBS.........................................................       4,158           30            --        4,188
  FHLB stock(1)....................................................       3,104           --            --        3,104
  Federal Reserve Bank stock(2)....................................         529           --            --          529
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
                                                                      $  70,577    $   1,629     $     (52)   $  72,154
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------          ---    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
2. SECURITIES --(CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                     ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     GROSS        GROSS
                                                                      AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                                                        COST         GAINS       LOSSES       VALUE
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Investments held-to-maturity:
  FNMA-MBS.........................................................   $  19,332    $     236    $     (77)  $  19,491
  FHLMC-MBS........................................................      17,215          184          (24)     17,375
  GNMA-MBS.........................................................      16,616          364           --      16,980
  Municipal securities.............................................       7,370          211           --       7,581
  SBA/SBIC.........................................................       5,529           90          (10)      5,609
  FHLB.............................................................       4,950           50          (30)      4,970
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                      $  71,012    $   1,135    $    (141)  $  72,006
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
Investments available-for-sale:
  FHLMC-MBS........................................................   $  11,795    $     471    $      --   $  12,266
  Municipal securities.............................................      10,320          575           --      10,895
  GNMA-MBS.........................................................       6,964          179           --       7,143
  FHLB.............................................................       3,201           28           --       3,229
  U.S. Treasury Notes..............................................       2,977           63           --       3,040
  FNMA-MBS.........................................................         951           19           --         970
  FHLB stock(1)....................................................       3,540           --           --       3,540
  Federal Reserve Bank stock(2)....................................         529           --           --         529
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                      $  40,277    $   1,335    $      --   $  41,612
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                     ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     GROSS        GROSS
                                                                      AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                                                        COST         GAINS       LOSSES       VALUE
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Investments held-to-maturity:
  FNMA-MBS.........................................................   $  23,159    $     129    $    (353)  $  22,935
  FHLMC-MBS........................................................      21,347          138         (267)     21,218
  GNMA-MBS.........................................................      15,386          136          (12)     15,510
  Municipal bonds..................................................       7,484           56          (38)      7,502
  SBA/SBIC.........................................................       5,736           32          (67)      5,701
  FHLB.............................................................       4,942           --         (111)      4,831
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                      $  78,054    $     491    $    (848)  $  77,697
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
2. SECURITIES --(CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      GROSS         GROSS
                                                                      AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                                                        COST          GAINS        LOSSES       VALUE
                                                                     -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Investments available-for-sale:
  Municipal bonds..................................................   $   7,446     $     350     $     (18)  $   7,778
  GNMA-MBS.........................................................       4,837            59            --       4,896
  FHLMC-MBS........................................................       4,489           164            --       4,653
  FNMA preferred stock.............................................       2,200            99            --       2,299
  FNMA-MBS.........................................................       1,076            44            --       1,120
  U.S. Treasury Notes..............................................         997            31            --       1,028
  FHLB stock(1)....................................................       3,337            --            --       3,337
  Federal Reserve Bank stock(2)....................................         515            --            --         515
                                                                     -----------        -----         -----   ---------
                                                                      $  24,897     $     747     $     (18)  $  25,626
                                                                     -----------        -----         -----   ---------
                                                                     -----------        -----         -----   ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) FHLB stock held by the Bank is subject to certain restrictions under a
    credit policy of the FHLB dated May 1, 1997. Redemption of FHLB stock is
    dependent upon repayment of borrowings from the FHLB.
 
(2) Federal Reserve Bank stock held by the Bank is subject to certain
    restrictions under Federal Reserve Bank policy.
 
    The following sets forth information concerning sales of available-for-sale
securities (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                   1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Available-for-sale:
  Amortized cost...............................................  $      --  $   7,772  $  10,067  $  11,410  $  38,825
  Proceeds.....................................................         --      7,923     10,256     11,466     38,887
  Gross realized gains.........................................         --        151        189         99        344
  Gross realized losses........................................         --         --         --         43        282
</TABLE>
 
    Investments carried at approximately $2,000,000, $3,568,000 and $1,028,000
in the available-for-sale portfolio at September 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and short-term
borrowings of approximately $941,000, $1,359,000 and $766,000, respectively.
Additionally, investments in the available-for-sale portfolio carried at
approximately $12,000,000, $10,858,000 and $11,096,000 were pledged to secure
borrowed funds at September 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
2. SECURITIES --(CONTINUED)
    At December 31, 1997 future contractual maturities of debt securities are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       INVESTMENTS             INVESTMENTS
                                                     HELD-TO-MATURITY       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                                  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                   AMORTIZED    MARKET     AMORTIZED    MARKET
                                                     COST        VALUE       COST        VALUE
                                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Within one year.................................   $   2,050   $   2,093   $     999   $   1,007
Within two to five years........................       1,547       1,573       3,638       3,722
Within six to ten years.........................      30,697      30,996       3,986       4,165
After ten years.................................      36,718      37,344      27,586      28,649
                                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                   $  71,012   $  72,006   $  36,209   $  37,543
                                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Bank holds mortgage-backed securities which may mature at an earlier
date than the contractual maturity due to prepayments. The Bank also holds
certain securities which may be called by the issuer at an earlier date than the
contractual maturity date.
 
3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
    The Bank makes commercial, real estate and other loans to commercial and
individual customers throughout the markets its serves in Texas and Louisiana.
 
    The loan portfolio is summarized by major categories as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                               SEPTEMBER   --------------------
                                               30, 1998      1997       1996
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>        <C>
Commercial and industrial...................   $ 238,790   $ 193,355  $ 133,564
Real estate-mortgage........................     102,808     122,657    113,128
Real estate-construction....................      26,712      21,609     17,639
Consumer and other..........................      11,043      10,147     13,343
Factored receivables........................       9,927       5,249      6,217
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
  Gross loans...............................     389,280     353,017    283,891
Unearned discounts and interest.............        (984)       (980)    (1,050)
Deferred loan fees..........................      (3,273)     (3,127)    (2,244)
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
  Total loans...............................     385,023     348,910    280,597
Allowance for loan losses...................      (5,722)     (3,569)    (2,141)
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Loans, net..............................   $ 379,301   $ 345,341  $ 278,456
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Although the Bank's loan portfolio is diversified, a substantial portion of
its customers' ability to service their debts is dependent primarily on the
service sectors of the economy. At September 30, 1998
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES --(CONTINUED)
and December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Bank's loan portfolios consisted of
concentrations (greater than 25% of capital) in the following industries (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                               SEPTEMBER   --------------------
                                               30, 1998      1997       1996
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>        <C>
Hotels/motels...............................   $  57,640   $  52,221  $  30,589
Retail centers..............................      46,123      30,076     34,724
Restaurants.................................      20,613      27,613     17,910
Apartment buildings.........................      15,515      23,972     22,327
Convenience/gasoline stations...............       9,703      11,022      8,320
Grocery stores..............................       3,312       9,962     10,536
All other...................................     236,374     198,151    159,485
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
    Gross loans.............................   $ 389,280   $ 353,017  $ 283,891
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Selected information regarding the loan portfolio is presented below (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                               SEPTEMBER   --------------------
                                               30, 1998      1997       1996
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>        <C>
Variable rate loans.........................   $ 315,925   $ 281,416  $ 230,640
Fixed rate loans............................      73,355      71,601     53,251
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                               $ 389,280   $ 353,017  $ 283,891
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Changes in the allowance for loan losses are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,               DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                       1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of period.....................  $   3,569  $   2,141  $   2,141  $   1,612  $   1,264
Provision for loan losses..........................      2,520      1,504      3,350      2,118        792
Charge-offs........................................       (496)      (712)    (2,223)    (1,806)      (699)
Recoveries.........................................        129        171        301        217        255
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Balance at end of period.........................  $   5,722  $   3,104  $   3,569  $   2,141  $   1,612
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued totaled
approximately $2,705,000, $2,663,000 and $1,581,000 at September 30, 1998,
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Had these loans remained on an accrual
basis, interest in the amount of approximately $125,000, $62,000 and $84,000
would have been accrued on these loans during the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES --(CONTINUED)
    The recorded investment in loans for which impairment has been recognized in
accordance with Statement No. 114, as amended by Statement No. 118, and the
related specific allowance for loan losses on such loans at September 30, 1998,
December 31, 1997 and 1996 is presented below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      REAL ESTATE  COMMERCIAL    CONSUMER      TOTAL
                                                      -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
Impaired loans having related allowance for loan
  losses............................................   $   4,485    $  14,305    $     128   $  18,918
  Less: Allowance for loan losses...................        (228)      (1,142)         (35)     (1,405)
  Less: Guaranteed portion (SBA and Overseas Chinese
    Credit Guarantee Fund (OCCGF))..................          --       (3,609)          --      (3,609)
                                                      -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
      Impaired loans, net of allowance for loan
        losses and guarantees.......................   $   4,257    $   9,554    $      93   $  13,904
                                                      -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
                                                      -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   REAL ESTATE  COMMERCIAL    CONSUMER      TOTAL
                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1997
Impaired loans having related allowance for loan losses..........   $   5,077    $   6,518    $     130   $  11,725
  Less: Allowance for loan losses................................        (263)        (540)         (32)       (835)
  Less: Guaranteed portion (SBA and Overseas Chinese Credit
    Guarantee Fund (OCCGF))......................................          --       (2,605)          --      (2,605)
                                                                   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
      Impaired loans, net of allowance for loan losses and
        guarantees...............................................   $   4,814    $   3,373    $      98   $   8,285
                                                                   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
                                                                   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
 
DECEMBER 31, 1996
Impaired loans having related allowance for loan losses..........   $     601    $   3,909    $     262   $   4,772
  Less: Allowance for loan losses................................         (30)        (284)          --        (314)
  Less: Guaranteed portion (SBA and OCCGF).......................          --         (818)         (91)       (909)
                                                                   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
      Impaired loans, net of allowance for loan losses and
        guarantees...............................................   $     571    $   2,807    $     171   $   3,549
                                                                   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
                                                                   -----------  -----------       -----   ---------
</TABLE>
 
    For the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was
approximately $14,180,000, $8,236,000 and $3,825,000, respectively. The related
amount of interest income recognized while the loans were impaired approximated
$851,000, $526,000 and $119,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and
the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
    Additionally, at December 31, 1997 and 1996, loans carried at approximately
$14,457,000 and $11,630,000, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowed
funds.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Premises and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AS OF
                                                    ESTIMATED     ---------------------------------
                                                     USEFUL        SEPTEMBER       DECEMBER 31,
                                                    LIVES (IN         30,      --------------------
                                                     YEARS)          1998        1997       1996
                                                 ---------------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>              <C>          <C>        <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment..............        3 - 10      $   7,777   $   6,999  $   6,063
Building and improvements......................        3 - 20          3,892       3,638      3,085
Land...........................................            --          1,679       1,679      1,679
Leasehold improvements.........................             5          1,910       1,426      1,224
                                                                  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $  15,258      13,742     12,051
Accumulated depreciation.......................                       (7,163)     (5,669)    (3,980)
                                                                  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Premises and equipment, net................                    $   8,095   $   8,073  $   8,071
                                                                  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
5. INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS
 
    The types of accounts and their respective balances included in
interest-bearing deposits are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            AS OF
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                               SEPTEMBER       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  30,      --------------------
                                                                 1998        1997       1996
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>        <C>
Interest-bearing demand deposits............................   $  91,806   $  86,787  $  74,655
Savings and money market accounts...........................      29,245      26,028     22,937
Time deposits less than $100,000............................     145,833     149,567    130,056
Time deposits $100,000 and over.............................     132,102     108,887     94,272
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
Interest-bearing deposits...................................   $ 398,986   $ 371,269  $ 321,920
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1997, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
1998..............................................................  $ 232,137
1999..............................................................     19,694
2000..............................................................      5,271
2001..............................................................        663
2002..............................................................        689
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 258,454
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
6. OTHER BORROWINGS
 
    During the third quarter of 1998, the Company obtained two ten-year loans
totaling $25.0 million from the FHLB of Dallas to further leverage its balance
sheet. The loans bear interest at the average rate of 5.0% per annum until the
fifth anniversary of the loans, at which time the loans may be repaid or the
interest rate may be renegotiated. At December 31, 1997 and 1996 other
borrowings consisted of prepayable floating rate FHLB notes with total principal
outstanding of $15,900,000 and $8,800,000, respectively. The notes had interest
rates that reset periodically based on the six-month London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR) (5.84% and 5.63% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) plus
an adjustment ranging from minus 15 to plus five basis points and three-month
LIBOR (5.81% and 5.56% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) plus 14
basis points.
 
    Additionally, the Bank has several unused, unsecured lines of credit with
correspondent banks totaling $7,000,000 at September 30, 1998 and December 31,
1997 and $12,000,000 at December 31, 1996.
 
7. INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred income taxes result from differences between the amounts of assets
and liabilities as measured for income tax return and for financial reporting
purposes. The significant components of the net deferred tax asset are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF
                                                                  -----------------------------------
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,  --------------------
                                                                      1998         1997       1996
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>        <C>
Allowance for loan losses.......................................    $   1,468    $     700  $     263
Recognition of deferred loan fees...............................        1,188        1,063        722
Depreciation....................................................          488          357        208
Recognition of interest on nonaccrual loans.....................          118          118        107
Other...........................................................           54           40        184
                                                                       ------    ---------  ---------
Gross deferred tax assets.......................................        3,316        2,278      1,484
                                                                       ------    ---------  ---------
Unrealized gains on investments available-for-sale, net.........          528          449        248
FHLB stock dividends............................................          136          199         65
                                                                       ------    ---------  ---------
Gross deferred tax liability....................................          664          648        313
                                                                       ------    ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax asset......................................    $   2,652    $   1,630  $   1,171
                                                                       ------    ---------  ---------
                                                                       ------    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Bank has provided no valuation allowance for the net deferred tax asset
at September 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 or 1996 due primarily to its ability to
offset reversals of net deductible temporary differences against income taxes
paid in previous years and expected to be paid in future years.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
7. INCOME TAXES --(CONTINUED)
    Components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                       1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current provision for federal income taxes.........  $   3,049  $   2,941  $   2,454  $   1,170  $   1,399
Deferred federal income tax benefit................     (1,101)    (1,414)      (660)      (361)      (308)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total provision for income taxes.................  $   1,948  $   1,527  $   1,794  $     809  $   1,091
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at statutory
rates compared to the actual provision for income taxes is as follows (in
thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------  --------------------------------------
                                                  1998         1997         1997          1996         1995
                                               -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------
                                               AMOUNT   %   AMOUNT   %   AMOUNT   %   AMOUNT    %   AMOUNT   %
                                               ------  ---  ------  ---  ------  ---  ------   ---  ------  ---
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>     <C>  <C>     <C>  <C>     <C>  <C>      <C>  <C>     <C>
Federal income tax expense at statutory
  rate.......................................  $2,056   34% $1,721   34% $2,027   34% $ 960     34% $1,255   34%
Tax-exempt interest income...................    (244)  (4)   (247)  (5)   (329)  (6)  (278)   (10)   (265)  (7)
Other, net...................................     136    2      53    1      96    2    127      5     101    3
                                               ------  ---  ------  ---  ------  ---  ------   ---  ------  ---
    Provision for income taxes...............  $1,948   32% $1,527   30% $1,794   30% $ 809     29% $1,091   30%
                                               ------  ---  ------  ---  ------  ---  ------   ---  ------  ---
                                               ------  ---  ------  ---  ------  ---  ------   ---  ------  ---
</TABLE>
    
 
8. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
    The following sets forth the deferred tax benefit (expense) related to other
comprehensive income (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                             YEARS ENDED
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,                DECEMBER 31,
                                                            --------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                              1998       1997       1997        1996        1995
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------     -----     ---------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period.......  $     (88) $    (256) $    (277)  $      36   $    (608)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in
  net income..............................................         --         51         64          33           7
                                                                  ---  ---------  ---------         ---   ---------
Other comprehensive income................................  $     (88) $    (205) $    (213)  $      69   $    (601)
                                                                  ---  ---------  ---------         ---   ---------
                                                                  ---  ---------  ---------         ---   ---------
</TABLE>
 
9. 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
    The Bank sponsors a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the Plan) for all full-time
employees. The Plan is a defined contribution plan providing for pretax employee
contributions of up to 6% of annual compensation plus any additional
discretionary after-tax employee contributions. The Bank contributes 4% of each
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
9. 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN --(CONTINUED)
participant's salary to the Plan. The Bank made contributions before expenses to
the Plan of approximately $171,000 and $169,000 during the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The Bank made contributions before
expenses to the Plan of approximately $248,000, $173,000 and $126,000 during the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
10. STOCK PLANS
 
    In October 1991, the Bank granted two nonqualified stock options to its
chief executive officer for a total of 106,480 shares of the Bank's common stock
(after giving effect to the 10% stock dividends issued in 1992, 1993 and 1995).
During 1995, the chief executive officer exercised part of the first option and
purchased 26,620 shares at $2.54 per share. During 1997, the former chief
executive officer exercised the remaining 79,860 options and purchased common
shares at $2.71 per share.
 
    The Company has four stock option and incentive plans which were originally
developed and instituted by the Bank during 1998 and assumed by the Company in
the holding company formation (Note 18).
 
    The Company has outstanding options issued to the six founding directors of
the Bank to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a nonqualified
stock option plan ("Founding Director Plan"). Pursuant to the Founding Director
Plan, each of the six founding directors of the Bank were granted options to
purchase 20,000 shares of common stock at a price of $11.00 per share. The
options must be exercised by July 24, 2003.
 
    The Company's Non-Employee Director Stock Bonus Plan ("Director Plan")
authorizes the issuance of 60,000 shares of common stock to the directors of the
Company who do not serve as an officer of the Company. Under the Director Plan,
up to 12,000 shares of common stock may be issued each year for a five year
period if the Company achieves certain return on equity ratios with no shares
being issued if the return on equity is below 13%. No shares have been issued
pursuant to the Director Plan to date.
 
    The Company's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("Purchase Plan") authorizes
the issuance of up to 200,000 shares of common stock to employees of the Company
and its subsidiaries. Each year, the Board of Directors will determine the
number of shares to be offered under the Purchase Plan; provided that the
offering in any one year may not exceed 20,000 shares. The offering price of a
share will be the closing price of a share of common stock on the business day
immediately prior to the commencement of such offering. No shares have been
issued pursuant to the Purchase Plan to date.
 
    The Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan ("Incentive Plan") authorizes the
issuance of 200,000 shares of common stock under both "nonqualified" and
"incentive stock" options and performance shares of common stock. Nonqualified
options and incentive stock options will be granted at no less than the fair
market value of the common stock and must be exercised within five years.
Performance shares are certificates representing the right to acquire shares of
common stock upon satisfaction of performance goals established by the Company.
Holders of performance shares have all of the voting, dividend and other rights
of shareholders of the Company, subject to the terms of the award agreement
relating to such shares. If the performance goals are achieved, the performance
shares will vest and may be exchanged for shares of commons stock. If the
performance goals are not achieved, the performance shares may be forfeited. No
grants have been made pursuant to the Incentive Plan to date.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
11. REGULATORY MATTERS
 
   
    Regulatory restrictions limit the payment of cash dividends by the Bank. The
approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is required for
any cash dividend paid by the Bank if the total of all cash dividends declared
in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net income for that year combined
with the net addition to undivided profits for the preceding two years. As of
September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997, approximately $10.3 million and $5.1
million, respectively, was available for payment of dividends by the Bank to the
Company under applicable restrictions, without regulatory approval. There were
no dividends declared or paid during the six months ended September 30, 1998 and
1997 and the three years ended December 31, 1997.
    
 
    The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital
requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly
additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a direct material effect on the Bank's financial statements. The regulations
require the Bank to meet specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve
quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance
sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's
capital classification is also subject to qualitative judgments by the
regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
    Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ration of Total and Tier 1
capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets.
Management believes, as of December 31, 1997, that the Bank meets all capital
adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 
    The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can trigger certain mandatory (and possibly additional discretionary) actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets,
liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings and other factors.
 
    Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the
following table) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier
1 capital to average assets as defined by the OCC. Management believes, as of
December 31, 1997, that all capital adequacy requirements to which the Bank is
subject to have been met.
 
    The most recent notifications from the OCC categorized the Bank as
"adequately capitalized," as defined, under the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action. To be categorized as adequately capitalized, the Bank must
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios
as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since the
notifications that management believes have changed the Bank's level of capital
adequacy.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
11. REGULATORY MATTERS --(CONTINUED)
 
    The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          TO BE ADEQUATELY                      TO BE WELL
                                                                          CAPITALIZED UNDER                  CAPITALIZED UNDER
                                                                          PROMPT CORRECTIVE                  PROMPT CORRECTIVE
                                              ACTUAL                      ACTION PROVISIONS                  ACTION PROVISIONS
                                          --------------                  -----------------                  -----------------
                                          AMOUNT   RATIO                  AMOUNT      RATIO                  AMOUNT      RATIO
                                          -------  -----                  -------     -----                  -------     -----
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>      <C>   <C>              <C>         <C>   <C>              <C>         <C>
As of September 30, 1998 (unaudited):
Total capital (to risk weighted                          greater than or                    greater than or
  assets)...............................  $39,455  10.2%    equal to      $30,965      8.0%    equal to      $38,706     10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted                         greater than or                    greater than or
  assets)...............................   34,606   8.9%    equal to       15,482      4.0%    equal to       23,224      6.0%
                                                         greater than or                    greater than or
Leverage ratio..........................   34,606   6.4%    equal to       11,612      3.0%    equal to       19,353      5.0%
As of December 31, 1997:
Total capital (to risk weighted                          greater than or                    greater than or
  assets)...............................  $33,197   9.5%    equal to      $27,955      8.0%    equal to      $34,944     10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted                         greater than or                    greater than or
  assets)...............................   29,628   8.5%    equal to       14,109      4.0%    equal to       21,163      6.0%
                                                         greater than or                    greater than or
Leverage ratio..........................   29,628   5.9%    equal to       15,065      3.0%    equal to       25,108      5.0%
As of December 31, 1996:
Total capital (to risk weighted                          greater than or                    greater than or
  assets)...............................  $27,095   9.4%    equal to      $23,060      8.0%    equal to      $28,824     10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted                         greater than or                    greater than or
  assets)...............................   25,004   8.7%    equal to       11,496      4.0%    equal to       17,244      6.0%
                                                         greater than or                    greater than or
Leverage ratio..........................   25,004   6.0%    equal to       12,502      3.0%    equal to       20,837      5.0%
</TABLE>
 
12. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
    The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments include various guarantees, commitments to extend
credit and standby letters of credit. Additionally, these instruments may
involve, to varying degrees, credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in
the statement of financial condition. The Bank's maximum exposure to credit loss
under such arrangements is represented by the contractual amount of those
instruments. The Bank applies the same credit policies and collateralization
guidelines in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance sheet instruments. Commitments to extend credit at September 30,
1998, December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 aggregated approximately
$94,156,000, $57,924,000 and $48,789,000, respectively. Commitments under
letters of credit at September 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996
totaled $4,597,000, $9,271,000 and $7,338,000, respectively.
 
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" (Statement No. 107) requires disclosures of
estimated fair values for all financial instruments and the methods and
assumptions used by management to estimate the fair value for each type of
financial instrument. Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument
could be exchanged in a current transaction between parties, other than in a
forced sale or liquidation, and is best evidenced by a quoted market price, if
one exists.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS --(CONTINUED)
    Quoted market prices are not available for a significant portion of the
Bank's financial instruments. As a result, the fair values presented are
estimates derived using present value or other valuation techniques and may not
be indicative of the net realizable value. In addition, the calculation of
estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time
and may not be reflective of future fair value.
 
    Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded
from the scope of Statement No. 107. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures
required by Statement No. 107 provide only a partial estimate of the fair value
of the Bank. For example, the values associated with the various ongoing
businesses which the Bank operates are excluded. The Bank has developed
long-term relationships with its customers through its deposit base referred to
as core deposit intangibles. In the opinion of management, these items, in the
aggregate, add value to the Bank under Statement No. 107; however, their fair
value is not disclosed in this note.
 
    Fair values among financial institutions are not comparable due to the wide
range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates that must be
made. This lack of an objective valuation standard introduces a great degree of
subjectivity to these derived or estimated fair values. Therefore, caution
should be exercised in using this information for purposes of evaluating the
financial condition of the Bank compared with other financial institutions.
 
    The following summary presents the methodologies and assumptions used to
estimate the fair value of the Bank's financial instruments, required to be
valued pursuant to Statement No. 107.
 
ASSETS FOR WHICH FAIR VALUE APPROXIMATES CARRYING VALUE
 
    The fair values of certain financial assets and liabilities carried at cost,
including cash and due from banks, deposits with banks, federal funds sold, due
from customers on acceptances and accrued interest receivable, are considered to
approximate their respective carrying values due to their short-term nature and
negligible credit losses. The fair value of other real estate held for
disposition is also considered to approximate carrying value. As discussed in
Note 1, such assets are carried at the lower of cost or current estimated
disposition value.
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
    Fair values are based upon publicly quoted market prices as disclosed in
Note 2.
 
LOANS
 
    The fair value of loans originated by the Bank is estimated by discounting
the expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks
involved. The loan portfolio is segregated into groups of loans with homogeneous
characteristics and expected future cash flows and interest rates reflecting
appropriate credit risk are determined for each group. An estimate of future
credit losses based on historical experience is factored into the discounted
cash flow calculation. Estimated fair value of the loan portfolio at December
31, 1997 and 1996 approximated $345,478,000 and $278,410,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS --(CONTINUED)
LIABILITIES FOR WHICH FAIR VALUE APPROXIMATES CARRYING VALUE
 
    Statement No. 107 requires that the fair value disclosed for deposit
liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., demand, savings and certain money
market deposits) be equal to the carrying value. Statement No. 107 does not
allow for the recognition of the inherent funding value of these instruments.
The fair value of federal funds purchased, borrowed funds, acceptances
outstanding, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are considered to
approximate their respective carrying values due to their short-term nature.
 
TIME DEPOSITS
 
    The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting cash flows based
on contractual maturities at the interest rates for raising funds of similar
maturity. Given the current interest rate environment, fair value of such time
deposits approximates carrying value.
 
COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT
 
    The fair value of the commitments to extend credit is considered to
approximate carrying value at December 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
    The Bank leases certain branch premises and equipment under operating leases
which expire between 2001 and 2002. The Bank incurred rental expense of
approximately $507,000, $558,000 and $507,000 for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,
under these lease agreements. Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 1997
due under these lease agreements are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                                    AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
1998.................................................................................  $     623
1999.................................................................................        628
2000.................................................................................        633
2001.................................................................................        168
After 2001...........................................................................        105
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       $   2,157
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Bank is a defendant in several legal actions arising from its normal
business activities. Legal counsel and management believe that the ultimate
liability, if any, resulting from these legal actions will not materially affect
the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into transactions with
its officers and directors and their affiliates. It is the Bank's policy that
all transactions with these parties be on the same terms, including interest
rates and collateral requirements on loans, as those prevailing at the same time
for
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS --(CONTINUED)
comparable transactions with unrelated parties. At September 30, 1998, December
31, 1997 and 1996, certain officers and directors and their affiliated companies
were indebted to the Bank in the aggregate amounts of approximately $3,396,000,
$4,584,000 and $2,415,000, respectively.
 
    The following is an analysis of activity for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1997 for such amounts (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1997
                                                                                      ---------
<S>                                                                                   <C>
Balance at January 1................................................................  $   2,415
  New loans and advances............................................................      4,921
  Repayments........................................................................     (2,752)
                                                                                      ---------
Balance at December 31..............................................................  $   4,584
                                                                                      ---------
                                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In addition, as of September 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Bank
held demand and other deposits for related parties of approximately $2,245,000,
$4,802,000 and $4,900,000, respectively.
 
16. EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    The following data show the amounts used in computing net income per share
(EPS) and the weighted average number of shares of dilutive potential common
stock. Computations reflect the effects of a four for one exchange of common
shares, as further described in Note 18.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                        1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net income available to common shareholders' equity
  used in basic and diluted EPS.....................  $   4,100  $   3,534  $   4,168  $   2,013  $   2,600
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
Weighted average common shares in basic EPS.........      5,625      5,589      5,581      5,364      5,015
Effects of dilutive securities: Options.............        120         46         35         80         89
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average common and potentially diluted
  common shares used in dilutive EPS................      5,745      5,635      5,616      5,444      5,104
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                           METROCORP BANCSHARES, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS --(CONTINUED)
 
            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995 AND FOR THE
 
           NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
17. SUPPLEMENTAL STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------  -------------------------------
                                                               1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash payments during the year for:
  Interest.................................................  $  15,091  $  13,216  $  18,026  $  13,806  $   9,312
  Income taxes.............................................      3,032      1,342      1,342      1,200        802
Noncash investing and financing activities:
  Transfers of debt securities from investments held to
    maturity to investments available for sale.............         --         --         --         --     50,880
  Transfers of debt securities from investments available
    for sale to held to maturity...........................         --         --         --         --      3,494
  Other real estate acquired in foreclosure of customer
    loans..................................................        648      1,961      2,340        313        470
  Stock dividend declared and paid.........................         --         --         --         --      1,984
</TABLE>
 
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    Effective October 26, 1998, the Company was formed as a bank holding
company. The Bank is indirectly a 100% wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
The Company exchanged 5,654,560 shares of the Company's Common Stock for all of
the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank through an
exchange of four Company shares of common stock for one share of the Bank's
common stock outstanding. The accompanying financial statements have been
restated to reflect the effect of the four for one exchange ratio on all share
amounts and earnings per share for all periods presented.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH
SOLICITATION OR OFFER. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................          3
Summary Consolidated Financial Data............          5
Risk Factors...................................          6
The Company....................................         11
Use of Proceeds................................         15
Dividend Policy................................         15
Dilution.......................................         15
Capitalization.................................         16
Nature of the Trading Market...................         17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........         18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................         20
Management.....................................         57
Principal Shareholders.........................         65
Supervision and Regulation.....................         66
Description of Securities of the Company.......         73
Underwriting...................................         77
Legal Matters..................................         78
Experts........................................         78
Available Information..........................         79
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....        F-1
</TABLE>
 
                              -------------------
 
   
    UNTIL JANUARY 9, 1999, (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
                                1,350,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              -------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                              -------------------
 
                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                  INCORPORATED
 
   
                               DECEMBER 15, 1998
    
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission